+ All Categories
Home > Documents > EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii...

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii...

Date post: 20-Mar-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 2 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
122
©2002, AIMR ® 0 EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM NOVEMBER 8, 2001 Forum Participants Martin L. Leibowitz ( Forum Chair) Robert D. Arnott Clifford S. Asness Ravi Bansal John Y. Campbell Peng Chen, CFA Bradford Cornell William N. Goetzmann Brett Hammond Campbell R. Harvey Roger G. Ibbotson Rajnish Mehra Thomas K. Philips William Reichenstein, CFA Stephen Ross Robert J. Shiller Jeremy Siegel Kevin Terhaar, CFA Richard H. Thaler J. Peter Williamson Editorial Staff Kathryn Dixon Jost, CFA Editor Jaynee M. Dudley Production Manager Bette Collins Book Editor Kathryn L. Dagostino Production Coordinator Christine E. Kemper Assistant Editor Kelly T. Bruton Lois A. Carrier Composition
Transcript
Page 1: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 0

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM

NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Forum ParticipantsMartin L. Leibowitz (Forum Chair)

Robert D. Arnott

Clifford S. Asness

Ravi Bansal

John Y. Campbell

Peng Chen, CFA

Bradford Cornell

William N. Goetzmann

Brett Hammond

Campbell R. Harvey

Roger G. Ibbotson

Rajnish Mehra

Thomas K. Philips

William Reichenstein, CFA

Stephen Ross

Robert J. Shiller

Jeremy Siegel

Kevin Terhaar, CFA

Richard H. Thaler

J. Peter Williamson

Editorial Staff

Kathryn Dixon Jost, CFAEditor

Jaynee M. DudleyProduction Manager

Bette CollinsBook Editor

Kathryn L. DagostinoProduction Coordinator

Christine E. KemperAssistant Editor

Kelly T. BrutonLois A. Carrier

Composition

Page 2: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® i EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

BiographiesROBERT D. ARNOTT is managing partner and CEOat First Quadrant, LP. Previously, he served as equitystrategist at Salomon Brothers and as president andchief investment officer at TSA Capital Management.Mr. Arnott co-edited the first and second editions ofActive Asset Allocation and Style Management and isthe author of numerous articles. He has received fourGraham and Dodd Awards of Excellence for articlespublished in the Financial Analysts Journal and is amember of the editorial boards of the Journal ofPortfolio Management, Journal of Investing, and Jour-nal of Wealth Management. Mr. Arnott holds degreesin economics, applied mathematics, and computerscience from the University of California.

CLIFFORD S. ASNESS is president and managingprincipal at AQR Capital Management, LLC. Previ-ously, he was a managing director and director ofquantitative research at Goldman, Sachs & Company.Mr. Asness’s articles on a variety of financial topicshave appeared in many journals, including theJournal of Portfolio Management, Financial AnalystsJournal, and Journal of Banking & Finance. In 2000,he received a Graham and Dodd Award of Excellencefrom the Financial Analysts Journal. Mr. Asnessserves on the editorial board of the Journal of PortfolioManagement and on the governing board of theCourant Institute of Mathematical Finance. He holdsa B.S. in economics from The Wharton School at theUniversity of Pennsylvania, a B.S. in engineeringfrom the Moore School of Electrical Engineering, andan M.B.A. and a Ph.D. from the University ofChicago.

RAVI BANSAL is associate professor of finance atFuqua School of Business at Duke University.Professor Bansal has published numerous articles insuch finance journals as the Journal of Finance,Review of Financial Studies, and Journal of Economet-rics. He is associate editor of the Journal of FinancialEconometrics and Journal of Securities Markets. Heholds an M.S and a Ph.D from the Carnegie MellonUniversity Graduate School of Industrial Administra-tion and a B.A. and an M.A. in economics from theDelhi School of Economics at the University of Delhi,India.

JOHN Y. CAMPBELL is Otto Eckstein Professor ofApplied Economics at Harvard University. Previ-ously, he was Class of 1926 Professor of Economicsand Public Affairs at Princeton University. He is the

author of numerous articles in financial journals andwas awarded the Smith Breeden Prize from theJournal of Finance, the Roger F. Murray Prize fromthe Institute for Quantitative Research in Financeand the Paul A. Samuelson Certificate of Excellencefrom TIAA-CREF. He holds a B.A. from CorpusChristi College at the University of Oxford and aPh.D. and an M.Phil. from Yale University.

PENG CHEN, CFA, is vice president and director ofresearch at Ibbotson Associates. He conductsresearch projects on asset allocation, portfolio riskmeasurement, nontraditional assets, and globalfinancial markets. His writings have appeared invarious journals, including the Journal of PortfolioManagement, Journal of Association of AmericanIndividual Investors, and Consumer Interest Annual.Mr. Chen holds a bachelor’s degree in industrialmanagement engineering from Harbin Institute ofTechnology and master’s and doctorate degrees inconsumer economics from Ohio State University.

BRADFORD CORNELL is professor of financialeconomics at the Anderson Graduate School ofManagement at the University of California at LosAngeles and president of FinEcon. Previously, Pro-fessor Cornell was vice president and director of theSecurities Litigation Group at Economic AnalysisCorporation. He has also taught at the CaliforniaInstitute of Technology, the University of SouthernCalifornia, and the University of Arizona. ProfessorCornell has served as an associate editor for a varietyof scholarly and business journals and is the authorof several books and numerous articles published invarious finance journals. Professor Cornell holds anA.B. in physics, philosophy, and psychology, an M.S.in statistics, and a Ph.D. in financial economics fromStanford University.

WILLIAM N. GOETZMANN is Edwin J. BeineckeProfessor of Finance and Management Studies anddirector of the International Center for Finance at theYale School of Management. Previously, he wasassociate professor of finance at Yale School ofManagement, assistant professor of finance at Colum-bia Business School, and a lecturer at IbbotsonAssociates. Professor Goetzmann has also served asdirector of the Museum of Western Art and as a writerand producer of PBS documentaries. He is the authoror co-author of numerous articles on finance and realestate and is co-editor or editorial board member for

Page 3: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® ii EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

BIOGRAPHIES

several journals. Professor Goetzmann holds a B.A.,an M.A., and an M.Phil. from Yale College, anM.P.P.M. from Yale School of Management, and aPh.D. in operations research with a specialty infinance from Yale University.

BRETT HAMMOND is director of corporate projectsat TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC.

CAMPBELL R. HARVEY is J. Paul Sticht Professor ofInternational Business at the Fuqua School ofBusiness at Duke University and a research associatefor the National Bureau of Economic Research.Professor Harvey is an internationally recognizedexpert in portfolio management and global riskmanagement. His work on the implications ofchanging risk and the dynamics of risk premiums fortactical asset allocation has been published in the topacademic and practitioner journals. He is editor of theReview of Financial Studies, co-editor of the EmergingMarkets Review, and an associate editor for a numberof journals. Professor Harvey received the 1993–1994Batterymarch Fellowship and has received fourGraham and Dodd Awards for Excellence in financialwriting from the Financial Analysts Journal. He holdsa B.A. from Trinity College at the University ofToronto, an M.B.A. from York University, and aPh.D. from the University of Chicago.

ROGER G. IBBOTSON is chair and founder ofIbbotson Associates and the author of numerousbooks and articles, including the annual Stocks,Bonds, Bills, and Inflation Yearbook. Mr. Ibbotson is afrequent lecturer at universities, academic confer-ences, business conferences, and other forums. He isassociate editor of the Journal of Applied CorporateFinance and a member of the editorial board of theFinancial Analysts Journal. He received a FinancialAnalysts Journal Graham and Dodd Award ofExcellence in 1980, 1982, 1984 and 2000. Mr.Ibbotson holds a bachelor’s degree in mathematicsfrom Purdue University, a master’s degree in financefrom Indiana University, and a Ph.D. in finance andeconomics from the University of Chicago GraduateSchool of Business, where he taught for more than 10years and served as executive director of the Centerfor Research in Security Prices.

MARTIN L. LEIBOWITZ is vice chair and chiefinvestment officer at TIAA-CREF Investment Man-agement, LLC, where he is responsible for the overallmanagement of all TIAA-CREF investments. Previ-ously, he was a managing director, director ofresearch, and member of the executive committeewith Salomon Brothers. Mr. Leibowitz has authoredseveral books and more than 130 articles, 9 of which

have received a Financial Analysts Journal Grahamand Dodd Award of Excellence. He was the recipientof AIMR’s Nicholas Molodovsky Award in 1995 andthe James R. Vertin Award in 1998. In 1995, hereceived the Distinguished Public Service Awardfrom the Public Securities Association and becamethe first inductee into the Fixed Income AnalystsSociety’s Hall of Fame. Mr. Leibowitz is a trustee ofthe Carnegie Corporation, the Institute for AdvancedStudy at Princeton, and the Research Foundation ofAIMR. He holds a B.A. and an M.S. from theUniversity of Chicago and a Ph.D. in mathematicsfrom the Courant Institute of New York University.

RAJNISH MEHRA is professor of finance at theUniversity of California at Santa Barbara and visitingprofessor of finance at the University of ChicagoGraduate School of Business. Previously, he wasvisiting professor of finance at the Sloan School ofManagement at the Massachusetts Institute of Tech-nology and assistant and associate professor at theGraduate School of Business at Columbia University.He is the author of numerous articles published insuch journals as Econometrica, the Review of EconomicStudies, and the Journal of Monetary Economics, andhis writings have been included in several books. Heholds a B.Tech. in electrical engineering from theIndian Institute of Technology in Kanpur, India, anM.S. in computer science from Rice University, andan M.S. in industrial administration and a Ph.D. infinance from the Graduate School of IndustrialAdministration at Carnegie-Mellon University.

THOMAS K. PHILIPS is chief investment officer atParadigm Asset Management Company, where he isresponsible for all aspects of the investment process,including the development of new products and theenhancement of existing ones. Previously, he wasmanaging director at RogersCasey and worked at IBMCorporation in research and active equity manage-ment for the IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Centerand the IBM Retirement Fund. Mr. Philips is theauthor of several articles and book chapters on topicsin finance, engineering, and mathematics. He holdsan M.S. and a Ph.D. in electrical and computerengineering from the University of Massachusetts atAmherst.

WILLIAM REICHENSTEIN, CFA, holds the Pat andThomas R. Powers Chair in Investment Managementat Baylor University and is a consultant to TIAA-CREF. He is an associate editor of the Journal ofInvesting, on the editorial board of Journal ofFinancial Education, on the editorial review board ofthe Journal of Financial Planning, and on the editorialadvisory board of the Journal of Applied Business

Page 4: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® i ii EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

BIOGRAPHIES

Research. Professor Reichenstein has written morethan 50 articles for professional and academicjournals and is a frequent contributor to the FinancialAnalysts Journal, Journal of Portfolio Management,and Journal of Investing. His work has been discussedin the Wall Street Journal, Barron's, Forbes, SmartMoney, and elsewhere, and he is frequently quoted innewspapers throughout the United States. ProfessorReichenstein holds a B.A. in mathematics from St.Edward’s University and a Ph.D. in economics fromthe University of Notre Dame.

STEPHEN ROSS is Franco Modigliani Professor ofFinancial Economics at the Sloan School of Manage-ment at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.He is also a principal of Roll and Ross AssetManagement Corporation. Professor Ross, a widelypublished author in finance and economics, is bestknown as the inventor of Arbitrage Pricing Theoryand the Economic Theory of Agency and as the co-discoverer of risk-neutral pricing and the binomialmodel for pricing derivatives. He is the author ofCorporate Finance, which is in its fourth edition.

ROBERT J. SHILLER is Stanley B. Resor Professor ofEconomics at the Cowles Foundation for Research inEconomics at Yale University. He is co-founder ofCase Shiller Weiss, an economics research andinformation firm, and also a co-founder of MacroSecurities Research, a firm that promotes securitiza-tion of unusual risks. Professor Shiller is the authorof numerous articles on financial markets, behavioraleconomics, macroeconomics, real estate, statisticalmethods, and public attitudes, opinions, and moraljudgments regarding markets. He is the author ofMarket Volatility, a mathematical and behavioralanalysis of price fluctuations in speculative markets,and Macro Markets: Creating Institutions for Manag-ing Society’s Largest Economic Risks, which won the1996 Paul A. Samuelson Award from TIAA-CREF.Professor Shiller’s recent book, Irrational Exuber-ance, won the Commonfund Prize for 2000. He holdsa Ph.D. in economics from the MassachusettsInstitute of Technology.

JEREMY SIEGEL is Russell E. Palmer Professor ofFinance at The Wharton School of the University ofPennsylvania, where he has been a member of thefaculty since 1976. Previously, he taught at theUniversity of Chicago Graduate School of Business.Professor Siegel has received many awards andcitations for his research and excellence in teaching,including a Graham and Dodd Award of Excellencefrom the Financial Analysts Journal and the 2000

Peter Bernstein and Frank Fabozzi Award from theJournal of Portfolio Management. In 1994, he receivedthe highest teaching rating in a worldwide ranking ofbusiness school professors conducted by Business-Week. Professor Siegel has published articles innumerous finance journals and is the author of thebook Stocks for the Long Run and co-author ofRevolution on Wall Street. He holds a B.A. fromColumbia University and a Ph.D. from the Massachu-setts Institute of Technology.

KEVIN TERHAAR, CFA, is director of risk manage-ment and specialized investments at Brinson Part-ners. Previously, Mr. Terhaar was manager ofinvestments for a trust office, where his responsibil-ities included asset allocation and investment analy-sis. He has published articles on a number ofinvestment topics and is the co-author of “Maintain-ing Consistent Global Asset Views,” which appearedin the Financial Analysts Journal in 1998. Mr.Terhaar holds a B.A. and an M.A. from the Universityof Virginia.

RICHARD H. THALER is Robert P. Gwinn Professorof Behavioral Science and Economics and director ofthe Center for Decision Research at the University ofChicago Graduate School of Business. He is also aresearch associate at the National Bureau of Eco-nomic Research and co-director, with Robert Shillerof the Behavioral Economics Project, funded by theRussell Sage Foundation. He has published articleson finance in such journals as the Journal of EconomicPerspectives, Journal of Finance, Journal of PortfolioManagement, and American Economic Review. Profes-sor Thaler holds a B.A. from Case Western ReserveUniversity and an M.A. and a Ph.D. from theUniversity of Rochester.

J. PETER WILLIAMSON is the Laurence F. Whitte-more Professor of Finance, Emeritus, at the AmosTuck School of Business Administration at Dart-mouth College, where he has been a member of thefaculty since 1961. He is the author of more than adozen books and monographs and numerous articles.Professor Williamson has served as a consultant andas an expert witness on cost of capital and capitalstructure in approximately 100 federal and statecases. He has prepared for publication summaries ofall the presentations made at the semi-annualseminars of the Institute for Quantitative Research inFinance for 26 years. Professor Williamson holds aB.A. from the University of Toronto and an M.B.A.,an LL.B., and a D.B.A. from Harvard University.

Page 5: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 1 INTRODUCTION

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

INTRODUCTIONMartin L. Leibowitz (Forum Chair )TIAA-CREFNew York City

ur goal here today is to foster a very candid discussion of the many facets of the equity riskpremium. Generally, the risk premium is thought of as the incremental return of certain equitymarket components relative to certain fixed-income components. Even when these two measures

are clarified, however, which they often are not, considerable ambiguity can remain as to just whatwe’re talking about when we talk about the risk premium. Are we talking about a premium that hasbeen historically achieved, a premium that is the ongoing expectation of market participants, ananalytically determined forecast for the market, or a threshold measure of required return tocompensate for a perceived level of risk? All of these measures can be further parsed out as reflectionsof the broad market consensus, the opinions of a particular individual or institution, or the views ofvarious market cohorts looking at specific and very different time horizons.

As for the issue of the risk premium as uncertainty, we often see the risk premium defined as anextrapolation of historical volatility and then treated as some sort of stable parameter over time. A morecomprehensive (and more difficult) approach might be to view the risk premium as a sufficient statisticunto itself, a central value that is tightly embedded in an overall distribution of incremental returns.From this vantage point, we would then look at the entire risk premium distribution as an integrateddynamic, one that continually reshapes itself as the market evolves.

With the enormous variety of definitions and interpretations, the risk premium may seem to be theultimate “multicultural” parameter and our forum today may have the character of a masked ball withinthe Tower of Babel. However, every one of us here does know and understand the particular aspect ofthe risk premium that we are addressing in our work. And I hope that we can communicate that clarityeven as we tackle the many thorny questions that surround this subject. The risk premium is a conceptthat is so central to our field of endeavor that it might properly be called the financial equivalent of acosmological concept.

O

Page 6: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 2 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Theoretical Foundations IRichard H. ThalerGraduate School of BusinessUniversity of ChicagoChicago

good place to start consideration of what theequity risk premium should theoretically be isa discussion of the risk premium puzzle: The

equity risk premium in the U.S. market has histori-cally been much bigger than standard finance theorywould predict. Based on the familiar IbbotsonAssociates (2001) data of the long-term historicalreturn to U.S. stocks, T-bonds, and T-bills, if you hadinvested $1 in the stock market at the end of 1925(with dividends reinvested), you would now havemore than $2,500; if you had put $1 in T-bonds, you

would have about $49; and if you had put $1 in T-bills,you would have only $17. These differences are muchtoo large to be explained by any reasonable level ofrisk aversion.

The PuzzleThe formal puzzle, which was posed by Mehra andPrescott (1985), is that, on the one hand, if you ask,“How big a risk premium should we expect?” thestandard economic model (assuming expected-utility-maximizing investors with standard additively sepa-rable preferences and constant relative risk aversion,A) provides a much smaller number than is histori-cally true, but if you ask, “How risk averse wouldinvestors have to be to demand the equity riskpremium we have seen?” (that is, how large does Ahave to be to explain the historical equity premium),the answer is a very large number—about 30. Mehraand Prescott’s response was that 30 is too large anumber to be plausible.

Why? What does a coefficient of relative riskaversion of 30 mean? If I proposed to you a gamble inwhich you have a 50 percent chance that your wealthwill double and a 50 percent chance that your wealthwill fall by half, how much would you pay to avoidthe chance that you will lose half your wealth? If youhave a coefficient of relative risk aversion equal to 30,you would pay 49 percent of your wealth to avoid achance of losing half your wealth, which is ridicu-lous. And that is why I believe that investors do nothave a coefficient of relative risk aversion of 30.

Another way to think about this puzzle is that forreasonable parameters (and theorists argue aboutwhat those are), we would expect an annual riskpremium for stocks over bonds of 0.1 percent (10basis points).

In the Mehra–Prescott model, the coefficient ofrelative risk aversion, A, is also the inverse of theelasticity of intertemporal substitution, so a highvalue of A implies an extreme unwillingness to sub-stitute consumption tomorrow for consumptiontoday, which implies a long regime of high interestrates. We have not, however, observed high interest

One of the puzzles about the equityrisk premium is that in the U.S.market, the premium has historicallybeen much greater than standardfinance theory would predict. Thecause may lie in the mismatchbetween the actual asset allocationdecisions of investors and their fore-casts for the equity risk premium. Inthis review of the theoretical expla-nations for this puzzle, two questionsare paramount: (1) How well does theexplanatory theory explain the data?(2) Are the behavioral assumptionsconsistent with experimental andother evidence about actual behav-ior? The answers to both questionssupport the theory of “myopic lossaversion”—in which investors areexcessively concerned about short-term losses and exhibit willingness tobear risk based on their most recentmarket experiences.

A

Page 7: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I

©2002, A IMR® 3 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 3 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

rates for extended periods of time. Historically, therisk-free rate has been low, barely positive for muchof the 20th century. Therefore, part of the risk pre-mium puzzle is the “risk-free-rate puzzle”: Why dowe not see very high interest rates if investors are sorisk averse?

How do we resolve these puzzles? One answer isto “blame the data”—for example, survivorship bias.The returns in the U.S. equity market have beenparticularly favorable, which may be simply the prod-uct of good luck. In other words, some markets havecollapsed and disappeared. So, we should not focusall our attention on one market in one period; onemarket can go awry.

My view is that if we can worry about stockmarkets going awry, we had better also worry aboutbond markets going awry. For example, over the longrun, bond investors have experienced bad periods ofhyperinflation. Bond investors have been wiped outby hyperinflation just as stock investors have beenwiped out by crashes. So, if we are going to considerthe effect of survivorship bias on the data, we need tolook at both sides of the equation—stock and bondreturns—which brings us back to a puzzle. If youadjust both returns for risk, you still end up with apuzzle.

The part of the puzzle that I want to stress is thecontrast between investor investments and investorexpectations. I am a behaviorist, and the behavior Ifind puzzling is how investor expectations fit withtheir investments.

Throughout the 1980s and 1990s, investors hadexpectations of a big equity premium, typically in therange of 4 percent to 7 percent. Table 1 provides theresults of a survey of fund managers on their forecastsfor U.S. security returns at two points in time almost10 years apart. Note that investor estimates of theequity risk premium fall into the 4–6 percent rangein both years.

Other evidence comes from surveys of forecastsof the 10-year equity risk premium over the lastdecade (for example, Welch’s 2000 survey of econo-

mists); again, the estimates are substantial. A prob-lem with such surveys, of course, is that we neverknow the question the people were really answering.For example, most respondents, including econo-mists, do not know the difference between the arith-metic and the geometric return, and this confusioncan skew the results. So, we cannot know preciselywhat such surveys show, but we can know that theestimates of the equity risk premium are big numberscompared with an estimate of 0.1 percent.

Thaler’s Equity Premium PuzzleThe real puzzle is a mismatch between the allocationsof investors and their forecasts for the equity riskpremium. Many long-term investors—individualssaving for retirement, endowments, and pension fundmanagers—think the long-term equity risk premiumis 4–5 percent or higher yet still invest 40 percent oftheir wealth in bonds. This phenomenon is the realpuzzle.

One version of this puzzle is “Leibowitz’sLament.” In a former life, Marty Leibowitz was abond guy at Salomon Brothers. As a bond guy, his jobwas to give investors a reason to buy bonds. Thenumbers Marty was crunching in 1989 for the wealthproduced by $1 in stocks versus the wealth producedby $1 invested in bonds could have been those fromthe Ibbotson Associates studies. The historical riskpremium was 6.8 percent, which made the returnnumbers ridiculous. Marty’s analysis showed that ifwe assume investors may lever, the correct assetallocation at that time would have been at least 150percent in equities. The puzzle is that investors didnot invest this way then and do not do so now.

Theoretical Explanations Many explanations for the puzzle have been offered,and all the theoretical explanations so far proposedare behavioral—in the sense that they build on theMehra–Prescott model and then make some inferenceabout investor preferences. In most of these models,the investors make rational choices but their prefer-ences are still slightly different from ones tradition-ally considered normal.

Epstein and Zin (1989) broke the link that A isequal to the coefficient of relative risk aversion andthe elasticity of intertemporal substitution. Withtheir approach, the standard assumptions of expectedutility maximization are destroyed.

Constantinides (1990) introduced the theory ofhabit formation based on the following postulate: IfI’m rich today, then I’m more miserable being poortomorrow than if I’d always been poor. A similartheory of habit formation, the approach of Abel(1990), is based on the concept of “keeping up with

Table 1. Forecasted Returns: Survey of Fund Managers (N = 395)

Fund/Premium 1989 1997

90-day T-bills 7.4% 4.7%

Bonds 9.2 6.9

S&P 500 11.5 10.4

S&P 500 – T-bills 4.1 5.7

Source: Greenwich Associates.

Page 8: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I

©2002, A IMR® 4 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 4 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

the Joneses.” Perhaps the leading model at themoment, however, is that of Campbell and Cochrane(1995, 1999), which combines the idea of habitformation with high levels of risk aversion.Together, these behavioral theories appear toexplain some, but not all, of the data—including therisk-free-rate puzzle.

Benartzi and I (1995) suggested the theory of lossaversion, which is the idea that investors are moresensitive to market changes that are negative than tothose that are positive, and the idea of mental account-ing, which adds that investors are more sensitivewhen they are given frequent market evaluations.Combined, loss aversion and mental accounting pro-duce what we called “myopic loss aversion.” Weexplicitly modeled investors as being myopic, in thatthey think about and care most strongly about themarket changes that occur over short periods, suchas a year.

Barberis, Huang, and Santos (1996) used themyopic loss aversion model and added another behav-ioral phenomenon, the “house money effect” (that is,loss aversion is reduced following recent gains), in anequilibrium model. When people are ahead in what-ever game they are playing, they seem to be morewilling to take risks. I also documented this effect insome experimental work about 10 years ago. I discov-ered this phenomenon playing poker. If you’re play-ing with people who have won a lot of money earlierin the game, there is no point in trying to bluff them.They are in that hand to stay.

So, we have a long list of possible behavioralexplanations for the equity risk premium. How do wechoose from them? We should concentrate on twofactors. The first factor is how well the models fit thedata. The second factor, and it is a little unusual ineconomics, is evidence that investors actually behavethe way the modeler claims they are behaving. Onboth counts, the myopic loss aversion arguments thatBenartzi and I (1995) proposed do well.

First, all the consumption-based models havetrouble explaining the behavior of two importantgroups of investors, namely, pension funds andendowments. And these two groups hold a hugeamount of the equity market in the United States.

Second, I do not understand why habit formationwould apply to a pension-fund manager or the man-ager of the Rockefeller Foundation.

Third, explanations based on high levels of riskaversion do not fit the following situation: Considerthese gambles. Gamble 1: You have a 50 percentchance to win $110 and a 50 percent chance to lose$100. Gamble 2: You have a 50 percent chance to win$20 million and a 50 percent chance to lose $10,000.Most people reject Gamble 1 and accept Gamble 2.

Now, those two preferences are not consistent withexpected utility theory. To be consistent withexpected utility theory, if you reject the first gamble,you must also reject the second gamble. This incon-sistency between behavior and utility theory is aproblem for all the models except those that incorpo-rate loss aversion and “narrow framing.” In narrowframing, people treat gambles one at a time.

In Thaler, Tversky, Kahneman, and Schwartz(1997), we reported on some experiments to deter-mine whether investors actually behave the way ourmyopic loss aversion model says they do. In the firstexperiment, we sat participants down at a terminaland told them, “You are a portfolio manager, and youget to choose between two investments, A and B.”One choice was stocks, and the other was bonds, butthey were not told that. They were simply shown eachinvestment’s returns for the investment period justcompleted. At the end of every period, the pseudoportfolio managers were instructed to invest theirmoney for the upcoming period based only on theprior-period returns for A and for B. So, they madean asset allocation decision every period. The partic-ipants were paid based on the amount of wealth theirportfolio had earned at the end of the experiment.

To test the effect of how often investors receivefeedback, in various runs of the experiment, wemanipulated “how often” the participants were ableto look at the return data. In the learning period, theparticipants learned about the risk and returns of theinvestments over time. One group of participantsreceived feedback the equivalent of every six weeks,which led to a lot of decision making. Another groupmade decisions only once a year. So, the first groupwas working in a condition of frequent evaluation,whereas the second group was receiving exactly thesame random feedback as the first one but the returnsfor the first eight periods were collapsed into a singlereturn. A third group was given a five-year condition.We also had an “inflated monthly” condition in whichwe increased returns by a constant over the 25-yearperiod that was sufficient to create periods with neverany losses. Over the 25 years, 200 decisions werebeing made in the most frequent condition and 5 inthe least frequent condition.

When that part of the experiment was completedand the participants had enjoyed plenty of opportu-nity to learn the distribution patterns, we instructedthem to make one final decision for the next 40 years.Outcomes were “yoked” to assure that all manipula-tions had the same investment experience.

Our hypotheses were, first, that more frequentreports would induce more risk aversion, resulting inan increased allocation to bonds and, second, thatshifting the returns of both assets up to eliminate

Page 9: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I

©2002, A IMR® 5 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 5 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

losses would make stocks relatively more attractive.Table 2 presents the results.

As you can see, participants involved in themonthly condition (the most frequent decision-making condition), on average, chose to invest 60percent of their money in bonds. Participants in theyearly condition chose to invest only 30 percent inbonds. The participants made the most money if theychose 100 percent stocks every period.

We concluded that the more often investors lookat the market, the more risk averse they become,which is exactly what our theory suggests. Loss aver-sion can be mitigated by forced aggregation (to avoidnarrow framing), and learning may be improved byless frequent feedback.

Another set of experiments on myopic loss aver-sion involved 401(k) participants—specifically, staffamong University of Southern California employeeswho had become eligible for the program in the pastyear. They were shown return data for Fund A (pro-

viding higher returns than Fund B but riskier, equiv-alent to stocks) and Fund B (equivalent to bonds) andthen asked how they would allocate their money. Onegroup was given one-year returns and one group wasgiven 30-year returns. Figure 1 contains the chartspresented in which the historical equity risk pre-mium was used. The figure shows the distribution ofperiodic rates of return that were drawn from the fullsample. That is, if this is the distribution you’repicking from, what allocations would you make? Pos-sible outcomes are ranked from worst on the left tobest on the right. When we showed the participantsthe distribution of 1-year rates of return for each assetcategory (Panel A), the average choice was to investabout 40 percent in stocks. Stocks seemed a bit riskyto participants under this scenario. When we showedexactly the same data as compounded annual rates ofreturn for a 30-year investment (Panel B), the partic-ipants chose to put 90 percent of their money instocks. The data are the same in both charts, but theinformation is presented in a different way. Again,we concluded that the amount investors are willingto invest in stocks depends on how often they look atperiodic performance.

Finally, we showed participants the data with alower risk premium. As Figure 2 shows, we dividedthe equity premium in half. Again, Panel A shows therevised return data for the 1-year periods, and PanelB shows the revised return data for the 30-yearperiod. In this experiment, the participants likedstocks equally well either way they viewed the data.They chose to put about 70 percent of their money instocks in either scenario. We call this situation a“framing equilibrium.” If the equity premium were anumber such as 3 percent, investors would put aboutthe same amount of money into the stock marketwhether they had a long-term perspective or not.

Table 2. Effect of Frequency of Feedback: Allocation to Bonds

Feedback Group Number Mean

A. Final decisions

Monthly 21 59.1%

Yearly 22 30.4

Five year 22 33.8

Inflated monthly 21 27.6

B. Decisions during the last five “years”

Monthly 840 55.0%

Yearly 110 30.7

Five year 22 28.6

Inflated monthly 840 39.9

Page 10: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I

©2002, A IMR® 6 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 6 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Figure 1. Charts Constructed with Historical Risk Premium of Equity over Five-Year T-Bonds

Notes: Fund A was constructed from the historical returns on the NYSE value-weighted index, and Fund B was constructed from the historical returns on five-year U.S. T-bonds.

Return (%)A. One-Year Returns

60

40

20

0

20

401

Outcome

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Fund B Fund A

Return (%)

20

16

4

8

12

0

Outcome

2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98

Fund B Fund A

B. Thirty-Year Returns

Page 11: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I

©2002, A IMR® 7 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 7 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Figure 2. Charts Constructed with Half the Historical Risk Premium of Equity over Five-Year T-Bonds

Notes: Fund A was constructed from the historical returns on the NYSE value-weighted index, but 3 percentage points were deducted from the historical annual rates of return on stocks. Fund B was constructed from the historical returns on five-year U.S. T-bonds.

Return (%)A. One-Year Returns

60

40

20

0

20

40

1

Outcome

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 3560

Fund B Fund A

Return (%)

16

4

2

8

12

0

Outcome

2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98

Fund B Fund A

B. Thirty-Year Returns

Page 12: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 8 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Theoretical Foundations IRichard H. Thaler Graduate School of BusinessUniversity of ChicagoChicago

ichard Thaler was the first to speak to thegroup and the only one dealing essentiallywith behavioral finance aspects of the equity

risk premium puzzle.He started by discussing the now familiar Ibbot-

son Associates data from the 2000 Yearbook,1 show-ing the cumulative value of a dollar invested at theend of 1925 in U.S. stocks, T-bonds, and T-bills, withthe stock investment (with reinvested dividends)growing to more than $2,500 while a dollar investedin T-bonds grew to about $49 and one invested in T-bills to only $17 by the year 2000. The difference, hesaid, is much too large to be explained by any reason-able level of risk aversion. Thaler described analysisshowing that a 0.1 percent (10 basis point) per yearpremium for stocks over bonds would be a reasonableequilibrium risk premium; the actual excess return,however, has been more than 7 percent.

In the Mehra–Prescott (1985) model, the con-stant relative risk aversion, which would have to be30 to explain the actual historical excess return ofstocks, is also the inverse of the elasticity of intertem-poral substitution. A value of 30 is very high andimplies very high interest rates. But interest ratessince 1925 have not been high enough to justify thatrisk aversion.

What, then, is the explanation for the high his-torical excess return on stocks? One possibility ishigh risk coupled with good luck investing in the U.S.stock market. But bond markets are risky too, and ifboth stock and bond returns are adjusted for highrisk, we are still left with an extraordinary gap inhistorical returns. Furthermore, most surveys in the

1980s and 1990s of “expert” opinion indicated a highexpected equity premium, on the order of 4–6 percent.And current surveys give consistent results. Thaler’sobservation is that many long-term investors whothink that the long-term equity premium is 4–5 per-cent, or higher, still invest 40 percent in bonds, some-thing that is not easily explained. A firm belief in sucha premium should have led to at least a 100 percentallocation to stocks. The size of the historical excessequity return versus the size of the expected equitypremium present a puzzle.

Most attempts to explain the puzzle focus onbehavioral deviations from the standard assumptionsof expected utility maximization. Epstein and Zin(1989) broke the link between the coefficient ofrelative risk aversion and the elasticity of intertempo-ral substitution. Constantinides (1990) incorporated“habit formation” to posit rising risk aversion withhigh returns. Others see further reasons for very highrisk aversion; they include Benartzi and Thaler(1995) in their myopic risk aversion model.

Thaler put forward a test for choosing amongexplanations in the form of two questions: (1) Howwell does the explanatory theory explain the data?(2) Are the behavioral assumptions consistent withexperimental and other evidence about actual behav-ior?

The answers to both questions, he said, supportthe myopic loss aversion theory. All the consumption-based models have trouble explaining the behavior ofpension funds and endowments. A number of exper-iments presenting people with choices of differentgambles have argued against the high-risk-aversiontheory. At the same time, experiments posing a prob-lem of allocating funds between stocks and T-bondshave supported myopic loss aversion. Participants inthese experiments were asked to allocate moneybetween stocks and bonds after receiving periodicreports on the investment performance of the twoclasses. It was found that providing more frequentperformance feedback induces greater risk aversionand hence reduces commitment to stocks. Shifting1 See Ibbotson Associates (2001).

R

Page 13: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I

©2002, A IMR® 9 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

upward and equally the reported returns for bothasset classes such that there were no losses for eitherled to greater investment in stocks.

A further experiment asking subjects to divideretirement funds between stocks and bonds on thebasis of the historical excess return on stocks led toa median 40 percent investment in stocks when thesubjects were shown distributions of one-yearreturns and to a median 90 percent investment instocks when the distributions shown were of 30-yearreturns.

When the reported excess return on stocks wascut in half from its historical level and the experimentwas repeated, the median allocation to stocks wasabout 70 percent for the annual and for the 30-yeardistributions. Thaler referred to this condition as

“framing equilibrium.” The expected risk premiumwas now such as to remove the influence of the timeperiod of the performance results studied. The equi-librium was reached at an equity premium of about 3percent.

His three final conclusions were as follows:• The historical excess return on equities has been

surprisingly high.• Part of the explanation seems to be that investors

are excessively concerned about short-termlosses.

• Part may be that willingness to bear risk dependson recent experience, both because past gainsprovide a psychological cushion against futurelosses and because high returns can create unre-alistic expectations about the future.

Page 14: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 10 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Theoretical Foundations IIClifford S. AsnessAQR Capital Management, LLCNew York City

y talk does not fit neatly into the category of“theoretical foundations,” which makessense; after all, someone who runs a hedge

fund is not going to have much to add to thetheoretical foundations that underlie our musingsabout the equity risk premium, certainly not in thiscrowd!

My first set of data is intended to be an icebreaker.As a beginning, Figure 1 plots the S&P 500 Index’sP/E from 1881 to 2001. From those data, I createdseven P/E buckets, or ranges, covering the 1927–2001

period. For each of the buckets, I calculated themedian real annualized stock market return for thefollowing decade and the worst return for any decade.Table 1 provides the results for each range. We canargue about statistical significance, but these num-bers are pretty striking. The infallibility of stocks istypically drawn from a 20-year horizon, so I havecheated by using a 10-year horizon. But the infallibil-ity still exists when stocks are bought at low valuationratios.

The note “Here Be Dragons” is a caution aboutwhat might happen with those P/Es of 32.6 to 45.0.It is a saying (similar to “Terra Incognita”) onceused on old maps for areas not yet visited. Thehighest P/E, about 45, was reached in 2000. We don’tknow what the next 10 years will bring. We still haveanother eight and a half years to go, but for the oneand a half years we have recently visited, the returnrealization is fitting the chart nicely.

The relationship between starting P/E and sub-sequent return is potentially exaggerated becausemuch of the strong relationship comes from P/Ereversion. What if P/Es did not change?

Figure 2 presents some input into the relation-ship if P/Es were constant. In the figure, trailing 20-year real S&P earnings growth is plotted for the past110 years. For this period, annualized real earningsgrowth averaged 1.5–2.0 percent fairly consistently.Those people who actually still assume 10 percentnominal returns on stocks should recognize that sucha return would require 5–6 percent real earningsgrowth over the next 10–20 years. Such growth hashappened only a few times in history, and it hashappened only after very depressed market condi-tions, which we are not really experiencing now,certainly based on the last 10 years. With a 2 percentreal earnings growth forecasted, a long-term buy-and-hold investor in the S&P 500 can expect to earn 6–7percent nominal returns.

What Can Save the Stock Market?I envision a bad 1920s-type serial in which the villainhas tied the stock market to the railroad tracks and a

Historically, high P/Es have led to lowreturns and low P/Es have led to highreturns. So, with today’s market athistorically high P/Es, there is a realneed for rescue. This discussion exam-ines three possible ways in which themarket might be saved from decline:high and sustained real earningsgrowth (which is highly unlikely), lowinterest rates (which help only in theshort term), and investor acceptanceof lower future rates of return. Thelast possibility boils down to a choicebetween low long-term returns for-ever and very low (crash-type) returnsfollowed by more historically normalreturns. The research presented herefound some support for the prescrip-tion that investors should accept a 6–7 percent nominal stock return, butevidence indicates that investors donot actually think they are facingsuch low returns.

M

Page 15: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 11 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 11 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

voice-over is pleading, “What can save stocks?” Thisquestion is going to be the organizing principle for mypresentation today. I am going to concentrate on threethings that could save stocks, although other answers

may be possible. One is sustained high real earningsgrowth—“high” meaning better than the historicalaverage. The second, a Wall Street favorite, is the so-called Fed model, in which the U.S. Federal Reserve

Figure 1. Historical P/E of the S&P 500, 1881–2001

Note: P/E was calculated as the current price divided by the average of earnings for the past 10 years adjusted for inflation.

Table 1. Real Stock Market Return in the Next 10 Years for Historical P/E Ranges of the S&P 500, 1927–2001 Data

P/E Range(low to high)

Median Return (annualized)

Worst Return(total)

5.6 to 10.0 11.0% 46.1%

10.0 to 11.7 10.6 37.3

11.7 to 14.1 10.0 4.1

14.1 to 16.7 9.0 –19.9

16.7 to 19.4 5.4 –23.1

19.4 to 32.6 –0.4 –35.5

32.6 to 45.0 Here Be Dragons!

Figure 2. S&P 500 Trailing 20-Year Real Earnings Growth, 1891–2001

Note: Earnings growth is annualized.

P/E

50

40

30

20

10

01881 20011891 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991

Earnings Growth (%)

10

8

64

2

0

2

4

6

81891 20011901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991

Page 16: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 12 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 12 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

lowers interest rates and supports high P/Es. Thethird is a simple hero—investor acceptance of lowerfuture rates of return in the long term.

HIGH EARNINGS GROWTH. First, somethingwe all probably know: Only if the future brings extra-special, super-high earnings growth are very highstarting P/Es justified. For each level of P/E at thestart of a 10-year period except very low P/Es (whenreturns are always on average strong), decades withstronger earnings growth also experienced strongeraverage stock returns, and even when P/Es were high,if earnings growth came in very high, returns wereon average strong. This analysis, however, gives us anex post—not a predictive—measure. If we see extraor-dinarily high growth in real earnings after 2001, wewill probably see high real equity returns. However,the question is: What reason do we now have to beoptimistic that such abnormally high earningsgrowth will occur?

One reason is that higher productivity and tech-nological advancement could create high earningsgrowth. I think this development is unlikely. Histor-ically, most productivity benefits accrue to workersand consumers, not necessarily to earnings:

Optimists frequently cite higher growth of realoutput and enhanced productivity, enabled bythe technological and communications revolu-tion, as the source of this higher growth. Yet thelong-run relationship between the growth ofreal output and per share earnings growth isquite weak on both theoretical and empiricalgrounds. (Siegel 1999, pp. 14–15)

So, the first hurdle to believing in high earningsgrowth is to believe the productivity numbers, and thesecond is to believe earnings will benefit.

Now, let’s look at the empirical data. In Table 2,I show the historical relationship between P/E at thebeginning of a period and subsequent average 10-yearreal earnings growth for 1927–2001. The numbers inthe 16 quadrants, or 16 buckets, are actual realizedreal earnings growth over rolling 10-year periods.

Each number corresponds to a range of starting P/Esand a range of starting earnings retention rates. His-torically, when both the starting P/E and the reten-tion rate are high, the real earnings growth rate is low.On May 30, 2001, the P/E of the S&P 500 was 27.3and the retention rate was 65.3 percent, which todayputs us in the bottom right bucket, so the dragons areoff to the right. This position is not promising forsaving stocks.

We can interpret Table 2 further. The second waystocks could experience future high earnings growthis through market efficiency. The idea is that in anefficient market, high current P/Es will lead to higherearnings growth because the market must be right. Ilike this approach. I wish it were the case, but I don’tthink the data support it well. Table 2 shows norelationship between starting P/E and future earn-ings growth. In fact, P/E does a lousy job of predictingearnings growth. I will go further. It does no job. Infact, the data show that higher P/Es have not led tohigher real earnings growth going forward and lowerP/Es have not led to lower growth. The joint hypoth-esis of constant expected returns and market effi-ciency should lead to P/Es predicting growth, but thehypothesis doesn’t hold, at least in the data.

Finally, Table 2 sheds light on the third reasonwe might now expect high earnings growth: the ideathat high cash retention (low payout ratios) leads tostrong growth. Table 2 indicates, however, that theretention rate at the beginning of a period has beeninversely related to the subsequent 10-year growth inearnings. The impact of the retention rate is incredi-bly, astronomically backward. Rob Arnott and I havestruggled with this phenomenon. We haven’t foundthis impact to be intuitive—it is not a forecastedresult—but we do have a few ex post theories as towhy higher retention rates might lead to lower realgrowth rates. I’ll share three of them quickly.

The first reason relates to company managers.The general idea is that companies retain a lot of cash

Table 2. Average 10-Year Real Earnings Growth, 1927–2001 Data

Retention Rate (%)

Starting P/ENegative to 37.7 37.7 to 44.4 44.4 to 50.3 50.3 to 63.9 63.9 →

5.9 to 10.4 4.1% 2.5% 2.2% –0.3%

10.4 to 13.8 4.3 2.5 2.4 0.6

13.8 to 17.2 3.3 2.5 1.7 –0.4

17.2 to 26.3 4.3 2.7 0.8 –0.6

26.3 → The Dragons Are Here!

Page 17: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 13 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 13 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

to finance projects for behavioral reasons such asempire building. If the cash is for projects, managersare not doing a good job with the cash; they tend topursue and overinvest in marginal projects, which isreflected in the future lowered growth rates of thecompany. If this is the explanation, the telecom boomin the late 1990s is going to be the poster child forempire building for all eternity.

Another theory, less plausible in my opinion, isthat managers have information that the marketdoesn’t have. It is generally accepted that companiesare loath to cut dividends. So, the theory goes thatwhen a company’s managers pay high dividends, themarket perceives that those managers must have suchpositive information about the company’s prospectsthat they know they will not have to cut dividends inthe future. When managers pay high dividends, theyare optimistic because they have informationunknown in the market. When managers do not payhigh dividends, they must be nervous. So, retentionof earnings may reflect a desire by managers tosmooth dividends.

The third explanation is that Rob and I are doingsomething wrong. We have each double-checked ourapproach and the data repeatedly, but when you geta wacky result, for intellectual honesty, you still haveto admit the possibility. That is why I mentioned thedragons, because we are off the charts and intouncharted territory.

If history repeats and higher P/Es and higherretention rates lead to lower real earnings growth andif Rob and I are not making an error, the future doesnot bode well for real earnings growth.

LOW INTEREST RATES. The second possibleway stocks can be saved is low interest rates. Figure3 compares the P/E (or the “absolute” value of theS&P 500) with the earnings yield on the S&P 500,E/P, minus the 30-year U.S. T-bond yield, Y (or the“relative” value of the S&P 500); Panel A graphsthese indicators for the past 20 years. As you can see,P/E has certainly fallen from its peak in 1999 but isstill at the high end of the 20-year range. The equityyield minus the bond yield is one version of the Fedmodel. In that model, a high value is an indication ofgood news for the equity market, but for P/E, a highvalue indicates bad news for the market. Using theFed model, the situation does not look that bad in2001; the market is above average on earnings yieldminus bond yield.

The same information, but stretching back to1927, is presented in Panel B of Figure 3. The line forearnings yield minus bond yield is pretty lacklusterover the period. When stocks were far cheaper inrelation to bonds, stocks used to be bought for their

dividend yield; this chart uses earnings yield, but thedifference is not really important. As Panel B shows,if Wall Street had a little bit longer perspective, suchas looking back to 1927 rather than just 20 years, eventhe Fed model, or the relative value of the equitymarket, does not look great.

Forgetting the data, note that the Fed model haslittle theoretical standing. Nominal earnings growthdoes correlate nicely with expected inflation overtime. A lot of confounding biases, such as deprecia-tion methods, accounting choices, and different infla-tionary environments, affect the P/E calculation (seeSiegel 1998). But by and large, the net of those biasesis not clear. What does appear fairly clear, however,is that the market does not seem to understand thatif you write down the expected return of a stock(dividend yield plus earnings growth), then if infla-tion and interest rates fall and earnings growth dropsalong with them, the P/E does not have to change. Ithink you understand the concept, but it is an idea Ihave to explain to most people, and I encourage youto do the same. People believe P/Es have to move withinterest rates, and they are probably wrong, or at leastoverstating the relationship.

Figure 4 shows a plot of the S&P 500’s realized20-year volatility divided by the bond market’s 20-year realized volatility against the relative yield of thestock market for 1950 to 2001.1 I chose 20 yearsbecause I think of 20 years as a generation, so the ratioplotted from the x-axis reflects what a generationthinks in terms of how risky stocks are versus bonds.This ratio is a very robust indicator for each five-yearperiod, up to 30 years. The y-axis is the earnings yieldon the S&P 500 minus the 10-year bond yield. When-ever you look at long-term autocorrelated relation-ships like this, you have to carry out many, manyrobustness tests. This ratio survived every test wecame up with.

Note that the y-axis is not stock yields; it is stockyields minus nominal bond yields. The market clearlydoes trade on interest rates in the short term. Notmany models have a high R2 at forecasting short-term(less than a one-year horizon) market performance.One indicator that is less pathetic than most in thisregard is deviation from the fitted [linear (normal)]line in Figure 4. However, for longer horizons, suchas forecasting the next 10-year real stock return,neither the bond yield nor the volatility measuresmatter. P/E alone forecasts the real stock return. So,an investor with a short horizon cares a lot about thisline, but an investor with a long horizon doesn’t.1 Figure 4 is similar to Figures 7 and 8 in Asness (2000b). In thatarticle, Figure 7 goes back to 1871 and forward to mid-1998and Figure 8 goes back to 1881 and forward to mid-1998.

Page 18: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 14 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 14 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

I have marked on Figure 4 where we were onFebruary 28, 2000, and on September 30, 2001. OnFebruary 28, 2000, short-term traders could not besaved by anything; the solid triangle is well under theline. Stocks were yielding much less than they hadhistorically—even given unusually low volatility andunusually low interest rates relative to the historicalaverage.

The September 2001 mark in Figure 4 indicatesthat stock performance doesn’t look too bad over thevery short term. Short-term investors tend to trade on

this relationship—that is, trade on the idea that even-tually the market moves back to the line for behav-ioral reasons. Note that this relationship is behavioralbecause it is based on errors—which does not changewhat the equity risk premium is in the long term.Over the short term, it is the deviation of E/P fromthe line that counts; over the long term, it is only theactual E/P that counts.

ACCEPTANCE OF LOW RETURNS. Now forthe third possible hero that might save the stock

Figure 3. S&P 500 “Absolute” and “Relative” Value

Note: S&P 500 P/E and E/P; 10-year T-bond yield.

1982 20011986 1990 1994

A. 1982–2001

1996

1927 1935 1943 1951 1959 1967 1975 1983

B. 1927–2001

1991 1999

Page 19: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 15 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 15 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

market: Are investors willing to accept low stockreturns? Have they understood the idea that futurereturns will be low, as so many of us have discussed.A ton of “strategists” will give explanations of whyhigh P/Es are supportable, but then they will followthe explanations with the expectation of 10–12 per-cent stock returns anyway. That reasoning is ques-tionable to say the least. The first part is believable;no one can say that a 1–2 percentage point return overbonds is bad. But you cannot have your cake and eatit too. Or as I like to say when it comes to Wall Streetinvestors, they cannot have their cake and eat yourstoo.

What if investors haven’t yet realized the conun-drum of expectations versus reality? Surveys exist—Campbell Harvey is going to present his survey data[see the “Implications for Asset Allocation, PortfolioManagement, and Future Research” session]—thatindicate respondents are expecting very high equityreturns. Survey data are not always the most reliable,but the data report that the high return expectationsare out there. I talk to a lot of pension plans, and notmany of them are using assumptions as low as 6–7percent nominal returns or a 1 percent real equityreturn over bonds. And investors who plan to retireat 38 because they expect to get a 5 percent equity riskpremium and 7 percent real stock returns forever aregoing to wake up at 62 out of money.

Are investors rationally accepting the low equityrisk premium, or are a lot of people still trying to buylottery tickets?2 Many have shown that Wall Street’sgrowth expectations are ridiculously optimistic, butinvestors seem to still believe them. So, Rob and Iexamined a strategy based on these expectations. Weformed a portfolio for a 20-year period that was longhigh-growth stocks and short low-growth stocks(based on Wall Street’s estimates). Figure 5 showsthe rolling 24-month beta of that long–short portfoliofrom December 1983 to September 2001. For a longtime, the beta was mildly positive, but for the past fewyears, it has been massively positive. It is a dollar long,dollar short 0.5 beta. Figure 5 says that every rally forthe past several years has occurred because the high-expected-growth stocks were crushing the low-expected growth stocks. And every market sell-off hasbeen a result of the opposite occurring. Does thispattern indicate rational acceptance of the low equityrisk premium or the buying of lottery tickets?

ConclusionBroad stock market prices are still well above thoseof most recorded history (and of all history excluding1999–2000 and just before the crash of 1929). Unlessa miracle happens, we must prepare for very lowreturns as compared with history. In the end, themarket offers two choices: low long-term expected

Figure 4. Stock versus Bond Valuation, 1950–2001

Note: S&P 500 E/P; 10-year T-bond yield.

Ratio of Realized 20-Year Stock-to-Bond Volatility

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Normal 9/30/012/28/00

2 See Statman (2002).

Page 20: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 16 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 16 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

returns in perpetuity or very bad short-term returnswith higher, more normal expected returns in thelong run. My personal opinion: Do the events of

1999–2001 strike anyone as a group of rationalinvestors embracing and accepting a permanently lowrisk premium? If so, I missed it on CNBC.

Figure 5. Rolling 24-Month Beta of Long–Short Portfolio, December 1983–September 2001

Note: Except for 2001, dates are as of December.

83 0184 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00

Page 21: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 17 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Theoretical Foundations IIClifford S. AsnessAQR Capital Management, LLCNew York City

lifford Asness made the second presentation ofthe day, beginning with a graph (Figure 1)showing the record of the S&P 500 Index’s P/E

(current price divided by the average of the preceding10 years’ real earnings) for 1881 to 2001. The highestP/E, about 45, was reached in 2000. Table 1 reportsfor each of six ranges of P/E the median real stockmarket return in the next 10 years and the return forthe worst decade. In general, high P/Es led to lowsubsequent returns and to the worst of the worstdecades and low P/Es led to high returns and to thebest of the worst decades.

Asness observed that much of what Table 1shows in terms of consequences of P/E levels comesfrom P/E reversion. Some would ask: What happensif the ratios do not revert? Figure 2, showing S&P 500

trailing 20-year real earnings growth (annualized)helps to answer the question.

Asness next examined three possible ways inwhich the market might be saved from decline. Oneis high and sustained real earnings growth. A second(the Wall Street solution) is low interest rates. Thisis the so-called Fed model. The third way is based oninvestor acceptance of lower future rates of return.This answer would mean no imminent crash but aless attractive long-term return.

Would high earnings growth work? Table 2shows the historical relationship between P/E at thebeginning of a period and subsequent average 10-yearreal earnings growth for 1927–2001. The numbers inthe 16 quadrants, or 16 buckets, are actual realizedreal earnings growth over rolling 10-year periods.Each number corresponds to a range of starting P/Esand a range of starting earnings retention rates. His-torically, when both the starting P/E and the reten-tion rate are high, the real earnings growth rate is low.

Why might we expect high earnings growth?Some might say because of increasing productivityand technological advancement. But the relationshipbetween growth of real output and per share earnings

C

Figure 1. Historical P/E of the S&P 500, 1881–2001

Note: P/E was calculated as the current price divided by the average of earnings for the past 10 years adjusted for inflation.

P/E

50

40

30

20

10

01881 20011891 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991

Page 22: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 18 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

has been weak. Some would argue that in an efficientmarket, the current P/E simply must be justified byhigh earnings expectations. Asness thinks the data donot provide much support for this proposition.

A third reason might be that high cash retentionleads to above-normal growth. But referring to Table2, he pointed out that the current retention rate hasbeen significant in relation to real earnings growthand the retention at the beginning of a 10-year periodis inversely related to the subsequent 10-year growth

in earnings! Why should this be? One answer isempire building. Retention of earnings is simply notproductive. A second is a desire on the part of man-agers to smooth dividends. In any case, the currentretention rate is about 65 percent, and Table 2 is notencouraging for the future of the stock market.

A second way in which the market might be savedis through low interest rates. Can low interest ratessave stocks? Panel A of Figure 3 is encouraging:Interest rates below about 3 percent are very helpful.

Table 1. Real Stock Market Return in the Next 10 Years for Historical P/E Ranges of the S&P 500, 1927–2001 Data

P/E Range(low to high)

Median Return (annualized)

Worst Return(total)

5.6 to 10.0 11.0% 46.1%

10.0 to 11.7 10.6 37.3

11.7 to 14.1 10.0 4.1

14.1 to 16.7 9.0 –19.9

16.7 to 19.4 5.4 –23.1

19.4 to 32.6 –0.4 –35.5

32.6 to 45.0 Here Be Dragons!

Figure 2. S&P 500 Trailing 20-Year Real Earnings Growth, 1891–2001

Note: Earnings growth is annualized.

Table 2. Average 10-Year Real Earnings Growth, 1927–2001 Data

Retention Rate (%)

Starting P/ENegative to 37.7 37.7 to 44.4 44.4 to 50.3 50.3 to 63.9 63.9 →

5.9 to 10.4 4.1% 2.5% 2.2% –0.3%

10.4 to 13.8 4.3 2.5 2.4 0.6

13.8 to 17.2 3.3 2.5 1.7 –0.4

17.2 to 26.3 4.3 2.7 0.8 –0.6

26.3 → The Dragons Are Here!

Earnings Growth (%)

10

8

64

2

0

2

4

6

81891 20011901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991

Page 23: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 19 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

But Panel B shows that over a longer historical period,the news is not so good. The indicator seems to be theearnings yield, E/P, less the bond yield, Y. There isevidence that nominal earnings growth is correlatedwith inflation. The P/E, however, is mostly a realentity, and comparing it with nominal bond yieldscannot be expected to have much long-term forecast-ing power.

Finally, the willingness of investors to accept lowstock returns might save the market. Are investors

willing to accept low stock returns? Declining vola-tility may be justifying high P/Es and low returns.Figure 4 provides support for this idea, although thevertically plotted E/P minus Y mixes real and nomi-nal data.

Figure 4 seems to work for the short term. Thepoint on the graph for September 30, 2001, representsa high P/E coupled with a low ratio of realized 20-year stock-to-bond volatility. For the longer term, theE/P is a better guide to real stock returns.

Figure 3. S&P 500 “Absolute” and “Relative” Value

Note: S&P 500 P/E and E/P; 10-year T-bond yield.

1982 20011986 1990 1994

A. 1982–2001

1996

1927 1935 1943 1951 1959 1967 1975 1983

B. 1927–2001

1991 1999

Page 24: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 20 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Acceptance of a 6–7 percent nominal stock returnappears not unreasonable. But Asness went on topresent evidence that investors do not actually thinkthey are facing such low returns. In this case, whenthey realize the true prospects, then short- tomedium-term returns will be low. To raise theexpected return on the S&P 500 by 2 percentagepoints, the price must fall about 50 percent.

Figure 5 shows the results of forming long–shortportfolios (based on Wall Street growth forecasts) inwhich the portfolios were long the high growers andshort the low growers. The rolling 24-month beta ofthe portfolios has been consistently positive and, inrecent years, has been massively positive. Every rallyhas seen the high-expected-growth stocks crushingthe low-expected-growth stocks. Asness thought this

Figure 4. Stock versus Bond Valuation, 1950–2001

Note: S&P 500 E/P; 10-year T-bond yield.

Ratio of Realized 20-Year Stock-to-Bond Volatility

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Normal 9/30/012/28/00

Figure 5. Rolling 24-Month Beta of Long–Short Portfolio, December 1983–September 2001

Note: Except for 2001, dates are as of December.

83 0184 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00

Page 25: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS I I

©2002, A IMR® 21 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

was not a picture of investors willing to accept lowerequity premiums.

In conclusion, he said:• Broad stock market prices are still well above the

levels of most recorded history (and of all historyexcluding 1999–2000 and just before the crash of1929). Unless a miracle happens, we must preparefor very low returns as compared with history.

• The choice is between low long-term returnsforever and very low (crash type) returns fol-lowed by more historically normal returns.Finally, he offered the following reflection: Do

the events of 1999–2001 strike anyone as a picture ofrational investors accepting a permanently low riskpremium? Answer: No.

Page 26: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 22 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Theoretical Foundations: Discussion

STEPHEN ROSS (Moderator)

I have a few brief comments. They will be brief fortwo reasons. First, I am confused. Second, even in myconfusion, I am in the uncommon position of nothaving a lot to say. Let me turn first to Cliff Asness’spresentation.

What is puzzling to me about Cliff’s presentationis that the discussions about P/Es and other broaddescriptors of the market seem to me to be discussionsthat we could have held 100 years ago. The vocabularywould have been a little different, but in fact, not onlycould we have held the discussion, I suspect thesediscussions were held 100 years ago. So, I don’t thinkwe are saying many things differently now than wesaid back then.

What is troubling to me is that we are supposedto be making progress in the theory. To the contrary,the theory seems to me to be in a wasteland, not justregarding the risk premium but, more generally, inmuch of finance. We are in a period of time, a phase,in which data and empirical results are just outrun-ning our ability to explain them from a theoreticalperspective. This position is a very tough one for atheorist who used to dine high on the hog when wehad derivatives pricing, where theory worked wonder-fully. Now, we are interested in theory to explain theproblems, which is not working quite so wonderfully.

It seems to me that the issues involving P/Es areissues involving whether or not these processes aremean reverting. Obviously, something like the P/E

has to revert to the mean; it is only a yield. JonathanIngersoll made a wonderful comment about interestrates and whether interest rates revert or not. Henoted that interest rates existed 4,000 years ago inEgypt and if interest rates didn’t mean-revert, theywould be 11,000 percent today. So, they have to revert.

We know P/Es revert, but they seem to revert veryslowly, and we are able to measure the reversion onlywith great difficulty. Our efforts to measure, for exam-ple, stock returns—not actual returns but expectedreturns—have basically been futile.

I also have some comments about Richard Tha-ler’s presentation. I am often characterized as adefender of the neoclassical faith. I know I ambecause often I am asked to debate Richard. Some-times, however, I am characterized as a shill of theneoclassical school. So, it is not clear to me whichposition I am supposed to represent in the minds ofmarket pundits. But I will say that I feel a bit like oneof those physicians with a gravely ill patient to whomI would like to suggest the possible benefits of herbsand acupuncture—alternative medicine. I call for“alternative finance,” not behavioral finance as thealternative approach, but an alternative that mayoffer a little bit of hope.

What I actually think is that our prey, called theequity risk premium, is extremely elusive. We cannotobserve the expected return on stocks even withstationarity in time-series data because volatility andthe short periods of time we are able to analyze giveus little hope of actually pinning down a result. Thebest hope, from the empirical perspective, seems to liein cross-sectional analysis, which is not what we aretalking about here; we are talking mostly about timeseries, for which we do not have many observations.Cross-sectional analysis says that the excess returnsshould be the risk premium times the beta. If we couldfind some way to spread excess returns, maybethrough P/Es of individual stocks, then we’d have abetter chance of measuring expected return at eachpoint in time—no matter what theory we decide topin our hopes on.

The theory itself is a myth, and in this case,Richard and I are in complete agreement. Any hope oftickling, or torturing, some reasonable measure of therisk premium out of consumption data is forlorn. Itresides in the hope that somehow people are rational.

I love old studies. For example, in one study onconsumption data that was done mostly in Holland,the researchers observed shoppers in supermarkets

Stephen Ross (Moderator)Robert ArnottClifford AsnessRavi BansalJohn CampbellBradford CornellWilliam Goetzmann

Roger IbbotsonMartin LeibowitzRajnish MehraThomas PhilipsRobert ShillerRichard Thaler

Page 27: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 23 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

to see what happened when the price of soap washigher than the price of bread. These shoppers didnot adjust their marginal rates of substitution to theprices of consumer goods at a single point in time, letalone in the presence of uncertainty and over time.But consumption theory has always said that peoplewould adjust their marginal rates of substitution forprices that evolve over time in a stochastic world.

I am not at all surprised, nor am I troubled, bythe fact that we do not find any meaningful correla-tions between something that we may or may not beable to measure, such as expected return and con-sumption, and the interplay between them. So, Iapplaud Richard’s view that we ought to considerother reasons to explain why people do what they do.

The real puzzle may be: Why do investors behavethe way they do based on what the premiums actuallyare? And here too, I have to say that even thoughneoclassical theory is not up to the task of explainingthis behavior, and it is not doing a good job, I am notsure that behavioral theory has much more to say to us.

Behavioral anecdotes and observations areintriguing. Behavioral survey work is empirically for-tified. But behavioral theory does not seem to have alot of content yet. In interpreting the study thatRichard mentioned about the incompatibility of twogambles, one has to be very careful. Those gamblesare incompatible if they are assumed to hold over theentire range of the preference structure. But there isno reason to believe that the gamble holds over theentire range of the preference structure. We do notbelieve that if the guy wins $20 million he won’t takethe 110 to 100 gamble. The uniformity requirementsin that assumption bend the question. A lot of curiousthings are going on in those kinds of analyses ofbehavioral assumptions. And even the richer models,such as those of DeLong and Shleifer (1990), havetheir own problems.

In summary, I am a theorist and I am confused. Iwould like theory to make progress, and I would likefor us to be able to address some of these issuessuccessfully. I do not really care whether we do sofrom a neoclassical or another perspective, but I findmyself facing an enormous, complicated array of phe-nomena that come under the heading of “the equityrisk premium puzzle” and I’m completely unable toexplain any of it.

RAJNISH MEHRA: One thing that Richard Thalermissed was that most of these models do not incor-porate labor income. Constantinides, Donaldson, andI (1998) have been doing work in this area for thelast couple of years. We have been analyzing theimplications of the changes in the characteristics oflabor income over the life cycle for asset pricing. The

idea is simple: The attractiveness of equity as an assetdepends on the correlation between consumption andequity income, and as the correlation of equityincome with consumption changes over the life cycleof an individual, so does the attractiveness of equityas an asset. Consumption can be decomposed into thesum of wages and equity income. A young personlooking forward in his or her life has uncertain futurewage and equity income; furthermore, the correlationof equity income with consumption will not be par-ticularly high as long as stock income and wageincome are not highly correlated. This is empiricallythe case. Equity will thus be a hedge against fluctua-tions in wages and a “desirable” asset to hold as faras the young are concerned.

Equity has a very different characteristic for themiddle-aged. Their wage uncertainty has largely beenresolved. Their future retirement wage income iseither zero or fixed, and the fluctuations in theirconsumption occur from fluctuations in equityincome. At this stage of the life cycle, equity incomeis highly correlated with consumption. Consumptionis high when equity income is high, and equity is nolonger a hedge against fluctuations in consumption;hence, for this group, equity requires a higher rate ofreturn. The way Constantinides, Donaldson, and Iapproach this issue is as follows: We model an econ-omy as consisting of three overlapping generations—the young, the middle-aged, and the old—where eachcohort, by the members’ consumption and investmentdecisions, affect the demand for, and thus the pricesof, assets in the economy. We argue that the young,who should be holding equity, are effectively shut outof this market because of borrowing constraints. Inthe presence of borrowing constraints, equity is thusexclusively priced by the middle-aged investors, andwe observe a high equity premium. We show that ifthere were no constraints on young people participat-ing in the equity markets, the equity premium wouldbe small.

So, I feel that life-cycle issues are crucial to anydiscussion of the equity premium.

JOHN CAMPBELL: I want to follow up on the pointRajnish Mehra made because one part of RichardThaler’s talk was normative analysis—the claim thatif the equity risk premium is as much as 4–5 percent,long-term investors should obviously hold theirmoney in stocks or even leverage a position to holdtheir money in stocks. I think that, as a normativestatement, that prescription is simply wrong.

I am going to take as a benchmark a model withconstant relative risk aversion at some reasonable,traditional low number. The simple formula for theshare you should put into stocks if you are living off

Page 28: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 24 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

your financial wealth alone and if returns are distrib-uted identically every period is as follows: the riskpremium divided by risk aversion times variance.Suppose the risk premium is 4 percent and the stan-dard deviation of stocks is 20 percent; square that andyou get 4 percent. Now, you have 4 percent divided byrisk aversion times 4 percent. So, if your risk aversionis anything above 1—say, 3 or 4—you should beputting a third of your money in stocks or a quarterof your money in stocks. It is just not true that withlow risk aversion and a risk premium of 4–5 percentyou should put all your money in stocks.

So, what’s happened to the puzzle? Why don’t Iget an equity risk premium puzzle when I look at itfrom this point of view? Well, the key assumption Imade is that you are living off your financial wealthentirely. It follows then that your consumption isgoing to be volatile because it will be driven by thereturns on your financial wealth. The only way to getan equity risk premium puzzle is that when you lookat the smoothness of consumption, you see that it ismuch smoother than the returns on the wealth port-folio. Why is that?

Rajnish’s point is that other components ofwealth, such as human capital, are smoother, whichis keeping down the total risk of one’s position. If youhave these other, much smoother human assets, thenof course, stocks look very attractive. But I think it’simportant not to assert that a risk premium of 4percent should induce aggressive equity investment.

I am reminded of Paul Samuelson’s crusade overmany years to get people to use utility theory seri-ously, as a normative concept. He was always tryingto combat the view that you should just maximize theexpected growth rate of wealth. He got so frustratedby his inability to convince people of this that hefinally wrote an article called, “Why We Should NotMake Mean Log of Wealth Big Though Years to ActAre Long” (1979). It is a wonderful article, and thelast paragraph says, “No need to say more, I’ve mademy point and but for the last word, I’ve done so inwords of but one syllable.” And every word in thearticle is a one-syllable word except for the last word.It is almost impossible to read, of course, but the pointis important: We may not want to use standard utilitytheory as a positive theory, but we should try to useit as a normative theory, in my view.

ROSS: If you are going to use it as a normativetheory, though, you do not have to place your atten-tion entirely on the constant relative-risk-aversionutility function. The broader class of linear risk-tolerance models has exactly the same function (withthe addition of deterministic parts to the incomestream), except they work in the opposite direction.

So, if someone has a linear risk tolerance with a highthreshold for that risk tolerance, then the equity riskpremium puzzle reappears because the desire toinvest is huge even when the risk premium is rela-tively low.

RICHARD THALER: Let me respond briefly. You haveall these models that are based on consumption, andit is true (and I appreciate John Campbell’s clarifica-tion) that to really understand this puzzle, you needto emphasize consumption smoothing. Otherwise,you get precisely the result that John suggested.

But the puzzle I was informally identifying beforerefers to other investors that I think have beenneglected in much of this theoretical research. Thosesimulations that Marty Leibowitz was doing weremostly for defined-benefit pension funds, and I didsome similar simulations for a foundation that I’vebeen associated with over the years. Foundationshave 5 percent mandatory spending rules. Now, if youcrunch the numbers and you are investing in bonds,basically you are certain to be out of business in thenear future unless you can find some bonds providinga 5 percent real rate of return. With TIPS we weregetting close for a while.1 But if the real interest rateis 2 percent and you have to spend 5 percent, you aresoon going to be out of business. One question I havefor the theorists, of which I am not one, is: What’sthe normative model we want to apply for thoseinvestors and what does it tell us about the kind ofrisk premium we should expect?

BRADFORD CORNELL: I have one question: Most ofyou are involved in one way or another with invest-ment firms, and it is almost a mystery to me that youread academic papers where you see things like “con-sumption process,” “labor income,” “risk aversion,”and so on, and then you attend an actual investmentmeeting—where none of these concepts are evenremotely talked about. So, how do you bridge the gapbetween the supposed driving factors of the modelsand equilibrium returns and the way people who areactually making decisions make them? Is there a wayto tie all of it together?

ROSS: There does seem to be a disconnect betweenthe two areas and the two literatures. It is, actually,a fundamental theoretical disconnect. In these mar-kets, with their many institutional players, the insti-tutions are typically run by managers under sometype of agency structure. So, there must be some sortof agency model for the people who run the pensionfunds and other institutions. They are the ones who

1 Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities; these securities are nowcalled Treasury Inflation-Indexed Securities.

Page 29: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 25 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

make investment decisions. In the theoretical struc-tures we build that include consumption, we seem tohave the view, or maybe just the wishful thinking,that whatever the underlying forces in the economyare, these institutions will simply be transparentintermediaries of those forces, so the agents who arerepresenting these institutions will simply be playersin people’s desire to allocate consumption across timeor will be dealing with the life-cycle problems ofpeople. Some take a Modigliani view that the peoplewill adjust their actions around whatever the agentsdo. The net result is that the actions of the agents andthe people coincide, which seems to me overly hope-ful. I don’t believe it is the case.

CLIFFORD ASNESS: Is it more complicated than say-ing the description Richard Thaler presented worksbetter for what actually happens in a boardroom thanany of the theory? Behavior like myopic loss aversionis true. Many of us have behaved that way. The factthat people make choices in the ways that they do doesnot have to be proven by a survey. As a manager whohas gotten way too much money after a good year andtoo many redemptions after a bad year, I can tell youpeople focus on the short term.

I have one comment about Steve Ross’s initialresponse. I don’t think anyone would argue about thefact that P/Es are mean reverting. But that is not theexciting part of the puzzle. The exciting part, whichis incredibly challenging, is that if we all accept thatP/Es are mean reverting to an unconditional mean,what we are disagreeing about is what that uncondi-tional mean either should be, in theory, or is. Meanreversion is a pull toward something, and the openissue is not mean reversion but whether the “right”(meaning unconditional mean) P/E is 15. If it is andwe are in the high 20s, then mean reversion is notgoing to work as a good model for the next year. Butthe pull was downward for a long time, so I do notthink my comments were trying to be insightful aboutP/Es being mean reverting. They have to be, or elsethey are unbounded in some direction.

MARTIN LEIBOWITZ: This is just strictly an obser-vational comment, not a theoretical one, and it has todo with the comment about myopic loss aversion ormyopic return attraction, which is the other side ofthe coin. As Cliff Asness said, there’s clearly somepain in the short term and also some joy in the shortterm, depending on your outcomes. But I think whatactually happens is that people incorporate a kind ofBayesian revision, that the prospects for the futureare based on what have been the most immediate

short-term returns.2 We see it in terms of the flow offunds into, for example, TIPS—a wonderful instru-ment with a great yield, a +4 percent real rate. Wecouldn’t get anyone to invest in them until, suddenly,we had a 12.76 percent return year in the equitymarket, at which point, of course, the real return onequities was a lot lower than it had been and moneystarted flowing into TIPS big time. Short-term returnis a very powerful force.

THALER: Aren’t you too Bayesian, then, to be sarcas-tic?

LEIBOWITZ: Yes, Bayes would recoil because in thefixed-income area, this short-term focus is clearly,you know, a kind of nuttiness, although there’s some-thing to it. It does show that real rates can decline. Ithink some people were thinking: Why were we stuckwith real rates in the area of +4 percent? So, myopicloss aversion is not totally irrational, even in thefixed-income area. In the equity area, where the riskpremium is so elusive and unmeasurable, I think thatinvestors do place a lot of weight on these myopicresults, and not just in the short term; they areinterested in what the data say about the long term.

ASNESS: Can we call it Bayesian without priors?

LEIBOWITZ: I think there are priors. I think therereally is a Bayesian division going on.

THALER: I want to explain that in the study by MartyLeibowitz, which I so meanly presented, one of theconclusions he reached is that those 20-year numberslook really, really good but that the plan sponsors, thetarget audience of Marty’s study, were going to haveto answer some difficult questions over the next twoor three years. This problem is an agency problem.The investment committee or whoever is making theinvestment decisions will get a lot of heat if lots oflosses occur on their watch. Typically, the managerrunning the pension plan is going to be in that job foronly two or three years and will then rotate intoanother job.

ROSS: That agency problem exacerbates this issueeven further. With the distinction between the realeconomy (represented by Rajnish Mehra and JohnCampbell) and the financial markets, the transmission

2 Bayes’ Law determines a conditional probability (for example,the probability that a person is in a certain occupation conditionalon some information about that person’s personality) in terms ofother probabilities, including the base-rate (prior) probabilities(for example, the unconditional probability that a person is in anoccupation and the unconditional probability that the person hasa certain personality).

Page 30: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 26 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

mechanism through institutions becomes even moredifficult to explain. Are those who run institutionssubject to a variety of psychological vagaries of thissort? Why, if this is an agency problem, has it been sopoorly solved to date? It seems to throw up even moretheoretical puzzles for us.

LEIBOWITZ: Just a real quick response. Thatresearch of mine that Dick Thaler mentioned actuallyspurred a whole series of papers in which we lookedat all kinds of reasons why people would not be 100percent in stocks. We looked at it from all kinds ofdifferent angles—both theoretical and empirical—and we always kept getting this kind of lognormaltype of distribution with nice, beautiful tails; it waspretty weird never to see underperformance over longperiods of time.

The only conclusion we could finally come to wasthat, basically, as people peer into the future, they seerisk. They are not talking about something with vol-atility characteristics. They are not talking aboutreturn that behaves in a linear fashion. But they seesomething out there that, basically, fundamentally,scares them. They can’t articulate it, but it keeps themfrom being 100 percent in stocks.

CAMPBELL: I want to defend the relevance of con-sumption, even in a world with both behavioral biasesand agency problems. It would be ludicrous to denythe importance of those phenomena, but even in aworld with those phenomena playing a major role,consumption should have a central role in our think-ing about risk in financial markets. In the long run,consumption drives the standard of living, whichmatters to people. So, consumption is a very influen-tial force in investors’ decisions.

Can consumption models be applied to endow-ments, to long-term institutions? I argue that theycan, and I have some knowledge of this issue fromtalking to the managers of the Harvard endowment.Harvard’s new president, Lawrence Summers, is try-ing to make sense of Harvard’s spending decisions,which have always been made on an ad hoc basis. Theendowment maintains very stable spending for anumber of years, and then spending rises periodi-cally. Now, in many universities, endowments gener-ally have a smoothed spending rule, so spending levelsare linked to past spending levels and the recentperformance of the endowment. This rule makesperfect sense if you think that universities get utilityfrom spending but also have some sort of habit for-mation. It is internal as related to their own history:They hate to cut the budget because it is really pain-ful, the faculty are up in arms, and the students are

screaming. And it is related to external situations:They hate to fall behind their competitors. I knowthat the Harvard endowment managers look verycarefully at the management of the Yale endowment,because there’s nothing worse than having Yale out-perform Harvard. So, habit formation and consump-tion spending are extremely relevant to endowments.The relationship may be a little more complicatedthan just saying, “Oh, they have power utility,” butyou can make sense of the way they think by referenceto spending, not only at the micro level but also interms of the aggregate consumption in the economy.

In the long term, the correlation between con-sumption growth and the stock market has been quitestrong—in the United States and in other countries.And it makes sense. We know that when the economydoes well, the stock market does well, and vice versa.There is a link, a correlation, and it represents a formof risk over the longer run.

Aggregate consumption is also an amazinglyaccurate measure of the sustainable long-term posi-tion of the economy. We know that consumption,financial wealth, and labor income are all heldtogether by budget constraints. You can’t let yourconsumption grow indefinitely without some refer-ence to the resources that are available to support it.So, no matter what the behavioral influence is, thereis still a budget constraint that is bound to holdconsumption, wealth, and income together. You canask the empirical question when you look at the data:What adjusts to what? If you have a behaviorist’sview, you might think that consumption would adjustto the harsh realities of the budget constraint overtime. Instead, what seems to happen is that consump-tion follows a random walk—as if it is set to the levelthat is sustainable at each point in time. When wealthgets out of line or income gets out of line, they adjustto consumption. So, there’s short-term volatility inthe financial markets, but when financial wealth isvery high relative to consumption, what tends tohappen is financial wealth falls. That is just a fact, itdoes not suggest a particular model, but I think it doessuggest the relevance of consumption—together withagency problems and very interesting and importantbehavioral phenomena—in thinking about the mar-kets.

CORNELL: If consumption is relevant, what type ofinformation would you expect to see flowing throughthe pipeline of an organization such as TIAA-CREF?How would you expect to see information flowingfrom the ultimate clients, who are the consumers,into the organization so that the organization can actas the agent on their behalf?

Page 31: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 27 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

CAMPBELL: Well, TIAA-CREF is running a defined-contribution pension plan. So that, in a sense, infor-mation does not have to flow into it. But it seems tome the way to think about defined-benefit pensionplans is that they have evolved over a long period oftime to reflect the conservatism of the ultimateclients. For example, labor unions negotiate pensionarrangements to give their members very stableincome in retirement. And even if we accept thatagency problems introduce imperfections, it seems tome that the liabilities defined-benefit pension planshave are very stable because of an expressed prefer-ence for stable consumption streams.

THALER: The residual claimant to those plans is thecompany, and the company is supposed to be virtuallyrisk neutral. So, I think the model John Campbelldescribed, which is sort of a habit-formation model,has some plausibility to it as applied to endowments.What is more difficult is to try to use that model inexplaining the behavior of the typical plan sponsor ofa defined-benefit pension plan.

ROBERT SHILLER: The general public of investorsdoes not, of course, have an economic model like thoseproduced by economists. They do, however, know thedefinition of stocks and bonds. They know that bond-holders get paid first and stockholders are the resid-ual claimants after the bondholders are paid. Theyknow that. The original idea for a stock market wasthat stockholders are the people who can bear riskand that buying stocks is designed to be a riskycontract—which, I think, is very much on investors’minds. So, if we tell them, “Well, in this last century,we were really lucky. Nothing really went wrong. Wehad five consecutive 20-year periods in which stock-holders did really well,” I believe that investors thenthink, rationally, that what we are telling them aboutlow risk for stocks is pretty unconvincing. Investingin stocks is still investing in an asset that wasdesigned for people who can take a lot of risk. Thereare no promises, and the government isn’t going tobail you out if the stock market collapses. The gov-ernment is perfectly free to throw on a big corporateprofits tax; they’ve moved it up and down. And theshareholder gets no sympathy when the governmentdoes so. So, people are rational to be wary, to requirea high expected return to take that risk.

ROBERT ARNOTT: I think in this whole discussionof risk premiums we have to be very careful of defini-tions. In terms of expected returns on stock, there isthe huge gap between rational expectation based ona rational evaluation of the sources of return, currentmarket levels, and so forth, versus hope. The inves-

tors out there are not investing because they expectto earn TIPS plus 1 percentage point.

And we have a semantic or definitional problemin terms of past observed risk premiums, exemplifiedby the Ibbotson data, between a normal or uncondi-tional risk premium, which a lot of the discussion sofar seems to have centered on, and the conditional riskpremium based on current prospects. So, one of thethings that we have to be very careful of is that weclarify what we’re talking about—past observed riskpremiums, normal (unconditional) risk premiums,or conditional premiums based on current prospects.

ROGER IBBOTSON: We have talked mostly abouteither the behavioral perspective or the classical (orneoclassical) perspective. The classical approach canbe interpreted or reinterpreted in many ways as weget more and more sophisticated in our understand-ing of what the risk aversion might be for the predom-inant people in the market. And we can putbehavioral overlays on classical theory. Ultimately, Ithink this topic is a rich land for research, and Iencourage it, but we are not very close now to gettinga fix on an estimate for the risk premium. At first, itappeared that theory suggested low risk premiums,as per Mehra and Prescott (1985), but I think at thisstage of the game, using classical theory with behav-ioral overlays, we can’t pinpoint the answer.

THOMAS PHILIPS: An idea that ties together manyof the discussions associated with the risk premiumis the notion of how to estimate something if you don’thave a model or if you’re not sure what you are doing.The typical answer is to take the historical average orthe sample mean. If we stop to consider why investorsbuy TIPS at certain times and pull out of hedge fundsat other times, we find, more often than not, that theanswer is grounded in their use (and abuse!) of thesample mean of the historical returns of that assetclass. The trouble is that the sample mean is a terribleestimator. It is easy to show that the sample mean canhave huge biases; you just have to vary the riskpremium a little bit, for example, or have slightlydifferent economic assumptions, and the estimate andreality diverge sharply. But the sample mean doesseem to be the driving force behind most people’sbehavior. What you observe at cocktail parties orworking with clients is this enormous drive towardinvesting in the asset class with the highest historicalreturn. And I believe it is a fundamentally bad way tothink about the problem.

MEHRA: I want to say a couple of things in defenseof neoclassical economics. First, for psychologicalvagaries and other behavioral phenomena to affectprices, the effect has to be systematic. Unless these

Page 32: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 28 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

phenomena occur in a systematic way, the behaviorwill not show up in prices. So, one has to be verycareful about saying, “This is how I behave so I shouldmodel market behavior that way.” Many of our idio-syncrasies may well cancel out in the aggregate.

Second, most of our economic intuition is actuallybased on neoclassical models. Ideally, new paradigmsmust meet the criteria of cross-model verification. Notonly must the model be more useful for organizing andinterpreting observations under consideration, but itmust not be grossly inconsistent with other observa-tions in growth theory, business cycle theory, labormarket behavior, and so on. So, I think we shouldguard against this tendency of model proliferation inwhich one postulates a new model to explain eachphenomenon without regard to cross-model verifica-tion. A model that is going to explain one part ofreality but then is completely inconsistent with every-thing else does not make much progress. That is mybiggest concern.

ROSS: It seems to me also that there is a vocabularyissue at work here. We have heard the phrase “habitformation” used by many people to mean many dif-ferent things. On the one hand, the term is used bythe behavioralists as though it is some kind of psycho-logical phenomenon. On the other hand, John Camp-bell uses it as a description of the way universitiesbehave. In either case, it is difficult to tell the differ-ence between whether some fundamental underlyingcosts that universities face produce a behavioral pat-tern that looks like habit formation on the preferenceside but might have nothing to do with it or whetherthe universities’ preferences are perfectly indepen-dent across time, are intertemporally independent,but the basic cost structure induces a net behaviorthat looks like they’re concerned about what they didin the past or they are concerned about preservingwhat they did in the past.

The same is true on the behavioral side. It couldwell be that there is some fundamental psychologicalunderpinning that we can argue for in terms of habitformation. All you are really saying is that, on thepreference side, people don’t have adequately separa-ble preferences all the time, that there is some inducedlink between preferences at one point in time andconsumption at one point in time and consumptionat another time. There may be some substitutabilitythat we are not capturing in the additive case. So, Ithink that all of these phenomena have the funny andinteresting property that both the neoclassical econ-omist and a purely psychological economist, or behav-ioral economist (I don’t know what the proper phraseis anymore), could wind up saying that the reduced

form could be the same for both of them. They justhave different ways of getting there.

SHILLER: I think the difference between behavioraleconomics and classical economics is totally a differ-ence of emphasis. The behaviorists are more willingto look at experimental evidence, a broad array ofevidence. Indeed, expected utility is a behavioralmodel; psychologists also talk about expected utility.So, I think the difference is somewhat methodologi-cal; it is not a subject matter difference. It is a questionof how willing you are to experiment with differentvariations.

THALER: Well, habit formation is obviously to someextent a description of preferences. Nothing says it’sirrational. The simple additive (and separable) modelis the easiest to use, so we naturally started with thatmodel. But you could add completely hypo-rationalagents who have preferences that change from oneperiod to another, and you could, of course, haveagents who are making the so-called Bayesian fore-casts that Marty Leibowitz referred to with thosesame preferences.

ROSS: There are some exceptions, though, like fram-ing or path dependence. Those tend to be time incon-sistent, and time consistency is required in what wetypically think of as rational models.

WILLIAM GOETZMANN: A lot of interesting theo-retical work is going on, but I want to put in a plugfor empirics. Theorists have looked at the pricebehavior of markets and of individual securities, buta lot of the models have this behavioral component,rational or otherwise, at their heart—whether inidentifying the marginal investor or what have you.Yet, we have almost no information about how actualinvestors behave. Organizations have a lot of thatinformation, but it may never see the light of day forour research purposes. We’re beginning to see a littlebit of this information cropping up here and there(and sometimes companies that allow us to have it aresorry they did). But imagine the ability to take hun-dreds of thousands of accounts, time series ofaccounts, identify the people who seem to exhibitmyopic loss aversion, and then test to see whethertheir behavior has any influence on prices. That workwould provide a way to identify whether pathologi-cally behaved people have a short-term or a long-terminfluence on price behavior. In the long run, empiri-cal study is how we are going to be able to answersome of these questions.

Page 33: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 29 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS: DISCUSSION

RAVI BANSAL: There is a lot of discussion aboutpreferences, and many of the implementations of thistheory lead to the result that asset price fluctuationsare a result of cost-of-capital fluctuations. The modelsdo not have much room for expected growth rates. Themodels build on a long-held belief in economics thatconsumption growth rates and dividend growth ratesare very close to being identically and independentlydistributed (i.i.d.). It is the notion that most peoplehave. I think we need to rethink that idea. A lot ofhidden persistent components are in these growthprocesses; the realized growth process looks like ani.i.d. process, but if these growth rates have a smallpersistent component, the ramifications are huge.Small persistent components of any of these growthrates would have dramatic implications for how wethink about what is causing asset prices to fluctuate.Statistically, there is actually some evidence to sup-port the view that there are some persistent compo-nents in both consumption and growth rates. If suchcomponents are put into a model, the unforeseencomponents can explain equity premiums becauseconsumption goes up at the same time dividends goup. News about consumption and dividend growthrates continuously affects perceptions about long-run

expected growth rates, which leads to a lot of assetvolatility. This channel is important for interpretingwhat goes on in asset markets.

Behavior is important, clearly, but understandingthe dynamics of cash flows, of consumption, is equally,if not more, important. So, in a paper that Amir Yaronand I wrote (Bansal and Yaron 2000), we allowed forthat possibility. And we actually show that when yourely on the Epstein–Zin (1989) preference structureand allow for intertemporal elasticity of substitutionto be more than 1.0 (which makes intuitive sense tome), then you can actually get the result that duringperiods of high anticipated consumption growth rates,the wealth-to-consumption ratio rises. So, in terms ofthe asset markets, asset valuations will rise simplybecause of higher expected growth rates. When yourequire the intertemporal elasticity of substitution tobe more than 1.0, then when people expect good times,they want to buy assets. I find this quite intuitive.When you allow for this possibility, you can explainthrough these neoclassical paradigms a lot of theequity premium and volatility in the market. So, focus-ing on aggregate output growth is a pretty importantdimension.

Page 34: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 30 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Historical Results IJeremy J. SiegelWharton School of BusinessPhiladelphia

able 1 shows historical returns and the equityrisk premium (on a compounded and anarithmetic basis) for the U.S. markets from

1802 through September 30, 2001. The last columnsdisplay the equity risk premium based on a compari-son with U.S. T-bonds and T-bills, which is just thedifference between the real return for stocks and thereal return for bonds and bills. I broke out thesereturns and premiums into the three major sub-

periods since 1802 and also into 20-year post-WorldWar II periods.

When I wrote the book Stocks for the Long Run(Siegel 1998), I was struck by the fact that for all thevery long periods (and the definition of “long” is morethan 50 years), the average real annual stock marketreturn is just about 7 percent a year, maybe a tadunder. This return also holds true for the three sub-periods 1802–1870, 1871–1925, and 1926–2001 andfor the whole 1946–2001 post-WWII period. (By theway, almost all of the inflation the United States hassuffered over the past 200 years has come since WorldWar II, and as we economists should not find surpris-ing, stocks—being real assets—were not at alladversely affected by post-WWII inflation). So, 7percent appears to be a robust measure of the long-term annual real stock return.

For periods of several decades, however, the realreturn on stocks can deviate quite a bit from that 7percent average. Some of those extreme periods sinceWWII include the bull market of 1946–1965, the bearmarket of 1966–1981, and the great bull market thatlasted from 1982 to the end of 1999. From 1982through 1999, the average real return on stocks was13.6 percent, which is double the 200-year average.

That recent experience may color investors’ esti-mates of the equity risk premium today. In the round-table Discussion for the opening session[“Theoretical Foundations”], there was talk aboutBayesian updating, and I do believe that investorsplace greater weight on the more recent past than weeconomists think they should. Perhaps investorsbelieve that the underlying parameters of the systemhave shifted or the model or paradigm has changed orwhatever, but I think some of the high expectationsinvestors have for future returns have certainly comefrom the recent bull market. For many investors, theirbull market experience is the only experience theyhave ever had with the markets, which could cer-tainly pose a problem in the future if excess-returnexpectations are widespread and those expectationsare frustrated.

Analysis of the very long term in U.S.markets indicates that average realstock market returns have beenabout 7 percent and average real T-bond and T-bill returns have beenabout half that figure. Downwardbias in the more recent bond returnsand upward bias in recent valuationsmay be skewing the analysis. Valua-tions have been rising for threepossible reasons: declining transac-tion costs, declining economic risks,and investors learning that stockshave been undervalued on averagethroughout history. An analysis of thehistorical relationships among realstock returns, P/Es, earnings growth,and dividend yields and an awarenessof the biases justify a future P/E of 20to 25, an economic growth rate of 3percent, expected real returns forequities of 4.5–5.5 percent, and anequity risk premium of 2 percent (200bps).

T

Page 35: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I

©2002, A IMR® 31 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 31 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

The annual real bond returns provided in Table1 show an interesting trend. From 1802 throughSeptember 30, 2001, the average annual real T-bondreturn was 3.5 percent, about half the equity return.In the major subperiods, this return has been trend-ing decidedly downward. Beginning in the 19th cen-tury, it was nearly 5 percent; it then fell to 3.7 percentin the 1871–1925 period; it was 2.2 percent for the1926–2001 period; and since the end of WWII, it hasbeen only 1.3 percent. From 1982 onward, as interestrates and inflation have fallen, bonds have produceda much greater real return than average. When I wasstudying finance in the 1970s, we learned that bothT-bill and T-bond real returns were close to zero. Yet,over the past 20 years, those real returns have defi-nitely risen.

When TIPS were first issued, they were priced toyield a real return of 3.5 percent, which is close to theaverage 200-year long-term real return of bonds.1

Investors rightfully ignored the low real returns onbonds of the past 75 years (the period made popularby Ibbotson and the standard benchmark for theprofession) in determining the TIPS yield. In fact, in2000, during the stock market boom, TIPS werepriced to yield a real return of almost 4.5 percent.Currently, the long-term TIPS yields have fallen backto a 3.0–3.2 percent range, depending on the maturity.

The real returns on T-bills tell the same story asfor bonds, although for bills, the return is generallya bit lower. Of course, bills do not generate the capital

gains and losses that bonds do, so in the post-WWIIperiod, bill returns have not fluctuated as much asbonds. Note that from 1982 forward, the annual realreturn for bills is 2.8 percent, far higher than thenearly zero average real return realized in the previ-ous 55 years. In other words, periods as long as a halfcentury can be quite misleading in terms of predictingfuture returns.

The problem is that while real stock returns weremaintaining their long-term historical average realreturn of about 7 percent, real bond and bill returnswere very low over the past 75 years, particularly upto 1980. Recognition of this phenomenon might helpus understand why the equity premium has been sohigh in data from 1926 to the present.

The equity premium calculated for the past 75years is biased downward for two reasons—bias inbond returns and bias in equity valuations.

Bias in Bond Returns First, real historical government bond returns werebiased downward over the 1926–2001 period. I say sobecause all the evidence points to the fact thatbondholders simply did not anticipate the inflation ofthe late 1960s and 1970s. Investors would not havebeen buying corporate and government bonds of 30-year duration with 3.5 percent coupons (as they didin the 1960s) had they had any inkling of the inflationrisk. I attribute part of that ill-fated confidence to thefact that few had a complete understanding of theinflationary implications of the shift from a gold-based to a paper monetary standard.

Table 1. Historical Returns and Equity Premiums, 1802–September 2001

Real Return Stock Excess Return over

Stocks Bonds Bills Bonds Bills

Period Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith.

1802–2001 6.8% 8.4% 3.5% 3.9% 2.9% 3.1% 3.4% 4.5% 3.9% 5.3%

1871–2001 6.8 8.5 2.8 3.2 1.7 1.8 3.9 5.3 5.0 6.6

Major subperiods

1802–1870 7.0% 8.3% 4.8% 5.1% 5.1% 5.4% 2.2% 3.2% 1.9% 2.9%

1871–1925 6.6 7.9 3.7 3.9 3.2 3.3 2.9 4.0 3.5 4.7

1926–2001 6.9 8.9 2.2 2.7 0.7 0.8 4.7 6.2 6.1 8.0

Post World War II

1946–2001 7.0% 8.5% 1.3% 1.9% 0.6% 0.7% 5.7% 6.6% 6.4% 7.8%

1946–1965 10.0 11.4 –1.2 –1.0 –0.8 –0.7 11.2 12.3 10.9 12.1

1966–1981 –0.4 1.4 –4.2 –3.9 –0.2 –0.1 3.8 5.2 –0.2 1.5

1982–1999 13.6 14.3 8.4 9.3 2.9 2.9 5.2 5.0 10.7 11.4

1982–2001 10.2 11.2 8.5 9.4 2.8 2.8 1.7 1.9 7.4 8.4

Note: Comp. = compound; Arith. = arithmetic.

Sources: Data for 1802–1871 are from Schwert (1990); data for 1871–1925 are from Cowles (1938); data for 1926–2001 are from the CRSP capitalization-weighted indexes of all NYSE, Amex, and Nasdaq stocks. Data through 2001 can be found in Siegel (2002).

1 TIPS are Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities; these securitiesare now called Treasury Inflation-Indexed Securities.

Page 36: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I

©2002, A IMR® 32 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 32 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

The gold standard was prevalent during the 19thcentury and much of the early 20th century whenprices were stable over the long term. The UnitedStates (and most of the rest of the world) went off thegold standard in the early 1930s, but the effect wasnot immediately apparent. Although we had a pop ofinflation following World War II, inflation was quitelow up to the mid-1960s. So, in the 1960s, bondbuyers were pricing 30-year bonds as if 30 years latertheir purchasing power would be nearly the same.

As inflation accelerated, bond buyers began tocatch on. Bond yields rose, bond prices fell, and realbond returns were severely depressed. Table 1 showsthat during the 15-year period from 1966 through1981, the real return on bonds was a negative 4percent. That period was long, and its effect is to biasdownward the real return of bonds over the longer1926–2001 period. I thus believe we should usehigher real returns on fixed-income assets in ourforecasting models, returns that are consistent withthe real return on TIPS of 3–4 percent.

Bias in Equity ValuationsThe second reason the equity risk premium is too highis that historical real stock returns are biased upwardto some extent. Figure 1 plots historical P/Es (definedhere as current price of the S&P 500 Index divided bythe last 12 months of reported earnings) from 1871through September 2001. The straight line is the 130-

year mean for the P/E, 14.5. The latest P/E is about37, surpassing the high that was reached in late 1999and early 2000. So, the collapse of earnings that wehave experienced this year has now sent the P/E to anall-time high.

Let me add a warning here: Part of the incrediblyhigh P/E that we have now is a result of the hugelosses in a few technology companies. For instance,JDS Uniphase Corporation wrote down its invest-ments $36 billion in the second quarter of 2001. Thewrite-down was in reported earnings, not in operat-ing earnings, and translates into a 5-point drop in theS&P 500 Index’s valuation. So, approach these recentdata on reported earnings with caution; $36 billionfrom just one company’s write-down has a hugeimpact on the market. Some of the technology issuesare now essentially out-of-the-money options. Whenwe compute numbers like the P/E of the market, weare adding together all the earnings of all the compa-nies and dividing that into the market value. Becauseone company has big losses, it sells at option value,but another company with positive earnings can sellat a more normal valuation level. Adding thesetogether might lead to upward biases in P/Es.

Nevertheless, there is no question that P/Es haverisen in the past 10 years. If the market’s P/E were toreturn to the historical (since 1871) average of 14.5tomorrow, the annual real return on equities wouldfall 50 bps. And if the P/E had always remained at its

Figure 1. Historical Market P/E, 1871–2001

Note: Ending month for 2001 is September.

P/E

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

01871 1881 1891 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001

Page 37: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I

©2002, A IMR® 33 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 33 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

historical average level but the dividends paid hadbeen reinvested, the annual real return on equitieswould be 115 bps lower than where it is today. Thereason is that much of the real return on equitiescomes from the times when stock prices are verydepressed and the reinvested dividends are able tobuy many more shares, boosting stock returns. Muchof the historically high returns on stocks has comewhen the market was extremely undervalued andcash flows were reinvested at favorable prices.

I believe there are several reasons for rising valu-ation ratios.

■ Declining transaction costs. One reason forrising valuations is the extensive decline in equitytransaction costs. One-way transaction costs weremore than 1 percent of the value of the transaction aslate as 1975; costs are less than 0.2 percent today.2 Inthe 19th and early 20th centuries, the (two-way)costs of maintaining a diversified portfolio could havebeen as high as 2 percent a year, whereas todayindexed funds enable even small investors to be com-pletely diversified at less than 0.2 percent a year.

■ Declining risk. Another reason for rising val-uations may be declining levels of real economic riskas the U.S. economy has become more stable. Theincreased stability of labor income has enabled work-ers to accept a higher level of risk in their savings.

■ Investor learning. We cannot dismiss the factthat investors may have learned about the long-termrisk and return characteristics of stocks. If investorshave learned that stocks have been chronically under-valued on average, and in particular during recessionsand crises, they will be less likely to let prices becomeundervalued, which leads to higher average valua-tions.

■ Taxes. Tax law has become increasinglyfavorable to equities. And low inflation, because thecapital gains tax is not indexed, causes after-taxreturns to rise. There has also been a proliferation oftax-deferred savings accounts, although it is not clearwhether the taxable or tax-deferred investor setsstock prices at the margin.

Historical Growth RatesAs Table 2 shows, the real return on stocks has been7 percent for the 1871–2001 period and is almostexactly the inverse of the P/E. If you divide this periodinto two subperiods—before World War II and afterWorld War II—the real return for stocks remainsroughly 7 percent but the dividend yield dropssignificantly from the first subperiod to the second,as does the payout ratio, and earnings growth rises.

In his presentation, Cliff Asness mentioned thathe could not find in the data an increase in earningsgrowth when the payout ratio decreased [see “Theo-retical Foundations” session]. But his findings areinconclusive because of the confusion between cycli-cal and long-term trends. In a recession, becausedividends remain relatively constant as earningsplummet, payout ratios rise and earnings fall. In thesubsequent economic recovery, earnings growth ishigher and appears to follow a high dividend payoutratio. But this phenomenon is purely cyclical. Overlong periods, a drop in the payout ratio and a drop inthe dividend yield are matched almost one-to-onewith an increased growth rate of real earnings. I findthis relationship comforting because it is whatfinance theory tells us should happen over long peri-ods of time.

Projecting Real Equity ReturnsThe link between the P/E and real returns is given bythe following equation:

Expected future real returns = ,

where E/P = earnings yield, the inverse of the P/Eg = real growthRC = replacement cost of capitalMV = market value of capitalRC/MV= book-to-market value, or 1/Tobin’s q

I will call it the “Tom Philips equation” for projectingthe real return of equity (Philips 1999). (I modifiedthe formula somewhat.) According to this equation,if replacement cost does not equal market value, thenthe link between the P/E and future real returns mustbe modified. If Tobin’s q is not 1, you have to correct

2 Charles Jones of Columbia University discussed decliningtransaction costs in “A Century of Stock Market Liquidity andTrading Costs” (2001).

EP---- g 1 RC

MV----------–

+

Table 2. Historical Growth Rates, 1871–September 2001

Period

Real Stock

ReturnAverage

P/E

Inverse of Average

P/E

Real Earnings Growth

Dividend Yield

Real Dividend Growth

Real Capital Gains

Average Payout Ratio

1871–2001 7.06% 14.45 6.92% 1.27% 4.66% 1.09% 2.17% 62.24%

1871–1945 6.81 13.83 7.23 0.66 5.31 0.74 1.32 70.81

1946–2001 7.38 15.30 6.54 2.08 3.78 1.57 3.32 50.75

Page 38: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I

©2002, A IMR® 34 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 34 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

the earnings yield for the growth rate in the realeconomy to find expected future real returns.According to the equation, when the market value ofequity exceeds the replacement cost of capital, as isthe case today, the earnings yield underestimatesfuture returns. The reason is that higher equity pricesallow companies to fund capital expenditures byfloating less equity, thereby reducing the dilution thatthis investment entails.

How much downward is the earnings yieldbiased? The Tobin’s q on the latest data that I have isabout 1.2. It was about 1.5, or even higher, in 2000.With long-run real growth at 3 percent, the last term,g[1 – (RC/MV)], adds about 50 bps to the forecast ofreal return going forward. It added more in 2000because Tobin’s q was higher. So, if the P/E settles

down to 20 (and I believe that a future P/E should notbe back at 14 or 15 but that a higher P/E is justifiedfor the reasons I listed previously) and we emergefrom the recession, then in terms of a long-term trend,E/P will be about 5 percent. Add the half a percentagepoint for the cheaper investment to maintain capitaland you get a 5.5 percent expected real rate of returnfor equities. If the P/E is 25 in the future, with 1/25= 4 percent, adding the growth correction producesan expected real return for equities of 4.5 percent.

Keep in mind that TIPS are now priced to yield areal return of about 3 percent. So, because I believethat the long-run P/E in the market will settlebetween 20 and 25, the real future equity return isabout 5 percent and the equity risk premium will be2 percent (200 bps).

Page 39: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 35 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Historical Results IJeremy J. SiegelWharton School of BusinessPhiladelphia

eremy Siegel began his presentation with a tableof U.S. market historical returns and excessequity returns for five time periods. Table 1

provides returns for two very long periods, from the1800s to September 30, 2001, for three subperiodsmaking up the long periods, and for five post-WorldWar II periods. What is most noteworthy in Table 1is the geometric (compounded) average real return onstocks of close to 7 percent for the long periods, forboth of the major subperiods, and for the 1946–2001period. Equally significant are the wide deviationsabove and below 7 percent over quite long periods

after World War II, especially since 1982. Thegeometric average for 1982–1999 was 13.6 percent,and Siegel concluded that this high average return hasinfluenced the high expectations of today’s investors,many of whom have little experience of the pre-1982period.

Table 1 indicates that average real U.S. T-bondreturns fell over the years until the post-1982 period,when very high returns resulted from a decline ininterest rates. The 1926–2001 period produced a 2.2percent average real bond return, biased downwardby unexpected inflation in the 1960s and 1970s. Siegelobserved that TIPS were priced originally in 1997 atabout 3.375 percent, with the yield later rising toabout 4 percent, and are now down to about 3 per-cent.1 This pricing is close to the 200-year averagereal return on bonds.

J

1 TIPS are Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities; these securitiesare now called Treasury Inflation-Indexed Securities.

Table 1. Historical Returns and Equity Premiums, 1802–September 2001

Real Return Stock Excess Return over

Stocks Bonds Bills Bonds Bills

Period Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith. Comp. Arith.

1802–2001 6.8% 8.4% 3.5% 3.9% 2.9% 3.1% 3.4% 4.5% 3.9% 5.3%

1871–2001 6.8 8.5 2.8 3.2 1.7 1.8 3.9 5.3 5.0 6.6

Major subperiods

1802–1870 7.0% 8.3% 4.8% 5.1% 5.1% 5.4% 2.2% 3.2% 1.9% 2.9%

1871–1925 6.6 7.9 3.7 3.9 3.2 3.3 2.9 4.0 3.5 4.7

1926–2001 6.9 8.9 2.2 2.7 0.7 0.8 4.7 6.2 6.1 8.0

Post World War II

1946–2001 7.0% 8.5% 1.3% 1.9% 0.6% 0.7% 5.7% 6.6% 6.4% 7.8%

1946–1965 10.0 11.4 –1.2 –1.0 –0.8 –0.7 11.2 12.3 10.9 12.1

1966–1981 –0.4 1.4 –4.2 –3.9 –0.2 –0.1 3.8 5.2 –0.2 1.5

1982–1999 13.6 14.3 8.4 9.3 2.9 2.9 5.2 5.0 10.7 11.4

1982–2001 10.2 11.2 8.5 9.4 2.8 2.8 1.7 1.9 7.4 8.4

Note: Comp. = compound; Arith. = arithmetic.

Sources: Data for 1802–1871 are from Schwert (1990); data for 1871–1925 are from Cowles (1938); data for 1926–2001 are from the CRSP capitalization-weighted indexes of all NYSE, Amex, and Nasdaq stocks. Data through 2001 can be found in Siegel (2002).

Page 40: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I

©2002, A IMR® 36 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Real returns on T-bills averaged 2.8 percent from1982 to September 30, 2001—a surprisingly highreturn for those who were accustomed to the popularposition a few years ago that bills offered a zero realrate.

The equity excess return, over both bonds andbills, from 1982 to 1999 and from 1926 to 2001 wasmuch higher than it had been for the long periods,and Siegel commented that the 3–4 percent range thatcharacterized the longer periods was probably rea-sonable for the long term.

Figure 1 shows the historical P/E of the equitymarket (calculated from the current price and the last12 months of reported earnings) for 1871 throughSeptember 2001. The collapse of earnings recentlypushed the ratio up to 37, past the high of 1999. Theaverage P/E over 130 years was only 14.5. Siegelnoted that huge losses in only a few technologycompanies accounted for a lot of this valuationchange. Real stock returns have been biased upwardwith the rise in P/Es. If the market’s P/E were toreturn to the historical (since 1871) average over-night, the real return on equities would fall 50 bps.And if the P/E had always remained at its averagelevel, without reinvestment of the dividends thatactually were paid, real returns would be 115 bpslower than where they are today.

Siegel offered three reasons for rising P/E multi-ples. First is declining transaction costs, which could

have accounted for 2 percent a year in the 19th andearly 20th centuries and are presently perhaps as lowas 0.2 percent for a one-way trade. Second is decliningreal economic risk. And third is investors learningmore about the long-term risk characteristics of com-mon stocks, especially investors realizing that thereare periods of significant undervaluation.

Table 2 shows the relationships among real stockreturns, P/Es, earnings growth, and dividend yields.For 130 years, the real stock return, averaging 7percent, has been almost exactly the earnings yield(reciprocal of the P/E). The periods before and afterWorld War II show close to the same 7 percent. Fasterpost-WWII earnings growth matches the decline inthe dividend yield and the rise in retained earnings.Siegel noted that this long-term relationship betweenpayout and growth is in accord with theory, but overshort periods, the change in earnings growth does notalways accompany a change in dividend yield.

The link between P/E and real returns is given by

Expected future real returns = ,

where E/P = earnings yield, the inverse of the P/Eg = real growthRC = replacement cost of capitalMV = market value of capitalRC/MV= book-to-market value, or 1/Tobin’s q

EP---- g 1 RC

MV----------–

+

Figure 1. Historical Market P/E, 1871–2001

Note: Ending month for 2001 is September.

P/E

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

01871 1881 1891 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001

Page 41: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I

©2002, A IMR® 37 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Tobin’s q is currently about 1.2, and the long-rungrowth rate, g, is about 3 percent, so the term g[1 –(RC/MV)] adds about 0.5 percentage point to the E/Pterm. At a P/E of 20, appropriate for today, the

expected real return is about 5.5 percent. At a P/E of25, it is 4.5 percent. With the TIPS return at about 3percent and a P/E of 20 to 25, Siegel’s equity riskpremium is about 2 percent (200 bps).

Table 2. Historical Growth Rates, 1871–September 2001

Period

Real Stock

ReturnAverage

P/E

Inverse of Average

P/E

Real Earnings Growth

Dividend Yield

Real Dividend Growth

Real Capital Gains

Average Payout Ratio

1871–2001 7.06% 14.45 6.92% 1.27% 4.66% 1.09% 2.17% 62.24%

1871–1945 6.81 13.83 7.23 0.66 5.31 0.74 1.32 70.81

1946–2001 7.38 15.30 6.54 2.08 3.78 1.57 3.32 50.75

Page 42: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 38 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Historical Results IIBradford CornellUniversity of CaliforniaLos Angeles

he very basic investment and constant-growthmodels from introductory finance courses canbe used to interpret the long-run uncondi-

tional historical data on returns. So, let’s begin withthe basic model:

where E = earnings b = the retention rateROE= return on equity

So that, with investment at time t denoted by It,

and

therefore, the growth rate of earnings is

This model implies that the growth rate in earningsis the retention rate times the return on equity,(b)(ROE). In discussing the models, I would like tostress an important point: If you are interpreting thegrowth in earnings as being the retention rate timesthe return on equity, you have to be very careful whenyou are working with historical data. For example,does the retention rate apply only to dividends or todividends and other payouts, such as share repur-chases? The distinction is important because thoseproportions change in the more recent period. And ifyou make that distinction, you have to make adistinction between aggregate dividends and pershare dividends because the per share numbers andthe aggregate numbers will diverge. In working withthe historical data, I have attempted to correct for thataspect.

The basic investment and constant-growth models, used with some justi-fiable simplifying assumptions aboutthe U.S. market, indicate that theearnings growth rate cannot begreater than the GNP growth ratebecause of political forces and thatthe expected return, or cost of capi-tal, in the long run should uncondi-tionally be about 1.5 times thedividend-to-price ratio plus GNPgrowth. Adding reasonable assump-tions about inflation produces a find-ing that equity risk premiums cannotbe more than 3 percent (300 bps)because earnings growth is con-strained by the real growth rate ofthe economy, which has been in the1.5–3.0 percent range. In a consider-ation of today’s market valuation,three reasons for the high marketvaluations seem possible: (1) stocksare simply seen as less risky, (2)valuation of equities is fundamentallydetermined by taxation, or (3) equityprices today are simply a mistake. Aresearch question that remains and isof primary interest is the relationshipbetween aggregate stock marketearnings and GNP.

T

Et 1+

Et------------- 1 b( ) ROE( )[ ],+=

ROEEt 1+ Et–

It-------------------------=

bItEt-----;=

b( ) ROE( )Et 1+ Et–

Et-------------------------.=

Page 43: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I I

©2002, A IMR® 39 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 39 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

What simplifying assumptions can be made towork with the unconditional data? I have made somerelatively innocuous simplifying assumptions. First,that b should adjust until the cost of capital equalsthe ROE at the margin. To be very conservative,therefore, I will assume that the ROE equals the costof capital, or expected returns, in the aggregate. Theproblem that arises is: What if the retention rate timesthe cost of capital (that is, the minimal expectedreturn on equity), bk, is greater than GNP growth?The second assumption deals with this possibility: Iassume bk cannot be greater than GNP growthbecause political forces will come into play that willlimit the ROE if earnings start to rise as a fraction ofGNP.

The relationship between aggregate earnings andGNP is one of the research questions that I have beenunable to find interesting papers on—perhapsbecause I have not searched well enough—but I wantto bring up the subject to this group. It seems to methat if aggregate earnings start to rise, and RobertShiller mentioned several reasons why it can happen[see the “Current Estimates and Prospects forChange” session], then tax rates can change, antitrustregulation can change (one of Microsoft’s problemsprobably was that it was making a great deal of money,which is an indication that some type of regulationmay be necessary), labor regulation can change, andso forth. And these variables can change ex post aswell as ex ante. So, once a company starts makingsuperior returns using a particular technology, thegovernment may step in ex post and limit thosereturns. The critical research question is how earn-ings relate to GNP.

The constant-growth model is

or

where P = priceD = dividendsk = cost of capitalg = growth rate

What I am going to do is just an approximationbecause I am going to work with aggregate, not pershare, data. I am going to assume that total payoutsare 1.5 times dividends.1 Payouts will probably belower in the future, but if I work with aggregate

payouts, then g should be the growth rate in aggregatepotential payouts, which I will characterize as earn-ings.

One of the implications of the simplifyingassumptions I have made, and it relates to the datathat Jeremy Siegel just produced [“Historical ResultsI”], is that the expected returns on stocks should beequal to the earnings-to-price ratio. (In the morecomplicated equations, you have situations in whichthe ROE is not exactly equal to expected returns, butfor my long-run data, the simplifying assumption thatearnings yield equals the expected ROE is fine.) So,with these assumptions,

or

A further implication is that if g is constrained tobe close to the growth of GNP, then it is reasonableto substitute GNP growth for g in the constant-growth model. The implication of this conclusion isthat the expected return, or cost of capital, in the longrun should unconditionally be about 1.5 times thedividend-to-price ratio plus GNP growth:

With this background, we can now look at someof the data.

Earnings and GNPFigure 1 allows a comparison of dividends/GNP and(after-tax) earnings/GNP for 1950 through July2001.2 The data begin in 1950 because Fama believedthat the data before then were unreliable. Figure 1shows that, historically, earnings have declined as afraction of GNP in this period. My assumption thatearnings keep up with GNP works from about 1970on, but I am looking at the picture in Figure 1 in orderto make that conclusion. The ratio of earnings to GNPdepends on a lot of things: the productivity of labor,capital, the labor-to-capital ratio, taxes, and (as I saidearlier) a host of political forces. Figure 1 shows thatearnings have, at best, kept up with GNP.

1 This choice is based on recent findings by Jagannathan,Stephens, and Weisbach (2000) that we are seeing significantpayouts today.

P Dk g–------------=

k Dp---- g,+=

2 These data were provided by Eugene Fama, who att r ib-uted them to Robert Sh i l ler .

P Dk g–------------=

Dk bk–---------------=

1 b( ) E1 b–------------ k( )–=

Ek----=

k EP----.=

k 1.5DP---- GNP growth.+=

Page 44: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I I

©2002, A IMR® 40 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 40 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Table 1 gives the arithmetic average data forgrowth rates in GNP, earnings, and dividends for twoperiods: 1951–2000 and 1972–2000. (I used the1972–2000 period because it mirrors the same periodshown in Figure 1.) The earnings growth rates are somuch more volatile than the dividend growth rates.And because of the volatility effect on arithmeticaverages, GNP and earnings exhibit very similargrowth rates from the early 1970s to the present.Dividends (and Table 1 shows the growth rate ofactual dividends, not payouts) have grown much lessthan earnings for two reasons: First, dividends areless volatile, and second, dividend substitution isoccurring. Corporations are not providing sharehold-ers the same constant fraction of earnings (in theform of dividends) that they were in the past.

Despite the 1972–2000 data, it seems to me thatearnings are not going to grow as fast as or faster thanGNP in the future. This notion seems to be consistentwith long-term historical data, and it fits my view ofhow politics works on the economy. If you accept thatnotion, it has immediate implications for the future.

First, under any reasonable underlying assump-tions about inflation, equity risk premiums cannot bemuch more than 3 percent (300 bps) because theearnings growth rate is constrained unconditionallyin the long run by the real growth rate of the economy,which has been in the range of 1.5–3.0 percent.Second, as Table 2 shows, for an S&P level of about1,000, you simply cannot have an equity risk pre-mium any higher than 2 percent, 2.5 percent, or (atmost) 3 percent.

Figure 1. S&P 500 Earnings and Dividends to GNP, 1950–July 2001

1950 = 100

100

80

60

40

201950 20011954 1958 1962 1966 1970 1974 1978 1982 1986 1990 1994 1998

Dividends/GNP

Earnings/GNP

Table 1. Historical Growth Rates of GNP, Earnings, and Dividends: Two Modern Periods

Period/Measure GNP Earnings Dividends

1951–2000

Mean 3.21% 2.85% 1.07%

Standard deviation 2.89 14.29 4.13

1972–2000

Mean 2.62% 3.79% 0.96%

Standard deviation 2.94 15.72 3.58

Note: Growth rates for earnings and dividends are based on aggregate data.

Table 2. Value of the S&P 500 Index Given Various Real (Earnings or GNP) Growth Rates and Equity Risk Premiums

Real Growth Rate

Equity Risk Premium

2.0% 2.5% 3.0% 4.0% 5.0% 6.0% 7.0%

1.5% 845 724 634 507 423 362 317

2.0% 1,014 845 724 563 461 390 338

2.5% 1,268 1,014 845 634 507 423 362

3.0% 1,690 1,268 1,014 724 563 461 390

Assumptions: Inflation = 3 percent; long-term risk-free rate = 5.5 percent; payout = 1.5(S&P 500 dividend). The S&P 500 dividend used in the calculation was $16.90, so P = 1.5($16.90)/(k – g), where k = 5.5 percent (the risk-free rate minus 3 percent inflation plus the risk premium) and g = real growth rate.

Page 45: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I I

©2002, A IMR® 41 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 41 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

ValuationWhy is the market so high? As an aside, and thisconcern is not directed toward our topic today of theequity risk premium, but I think it is an interestingquestion: Why is the market where it is today relativeto where it was on September 10 or September 9 orjust before the events of September 11, 2001? Themarket then and now is at about the same level.Almost every economist and analyst has said that theSeptember 11 attacks accelerated a recession, thatthey changed perceptions of risk, and so forth. It iscurious to me that such a situation does not seem tobe reflected in market prices.

But in general, why is the market so high? Ibelieve three possible explanations exist. One idea,and I consider it a “rational” theory, is that stocks aresimply seen as less risky than in the past. I do notknow whether the behavioral theories are rational ornot, in the sense that prices are high because ofbehavioral phenomena that are real and are going topersist. If so, then those phenomena—as identified byJeremy Siegel and Richard Thaler [see the “Theoret-ical Foundations” session]—are also rational. In thatcase, the market is not “too high”; it is not, in a sense,a mistake. It is simply reflecting characteristics ofhuman beings that are not fully explained by eco-nomic theories.

Another rational explanation has been given lessattention but is the subject of a recent paper byMcGrattan and Prescott (2001). It is that the valua-tion of equities is fundamentally determined by taxa-tion. McGrattan and Prescott argue that the move

toward holding equities in nontaxable accounts hasled to a drop in the relative tax rate on dividends.Therefore, stock prices should rise relative to thevaluation of the underlying capital and expectedreturns should fall. This effect is a rational tax effect.

Both this theory and the theory that stocks arenow seen as less risky say that the market is highbecause it should be high and that, looking ahead,equities are going to have low expected returns, or lowrisk premiums—about 2 percent—but that investorshave nothing to worry about.

The final explanation, which I attribute to JohnCampbell and Robert Shiller, focuses on the view thatequity prices today are simply a mistake. (I supposemistakes are a behavioral phenomenon, but presum-ably, they are not as persistent as an underlyingpsychological condition.) Now, when people realizethey have made a mistake, they attempt to correct thebehavior. And those corrections imply a period ofnegative returns from the U.S. equity market beforethe risk premium can return to a more normal level.

ClosingTo close, I want to repeat that, to me, the fundamentalhistorical piece of data that needs more explanationis the relationship between the aggregate behavior ofearnings and GNP—what it has been in the past andwhat it can reasonably be going forward. Thisrelationship is interesting, and I look forward tohearing what all of you have to say about it. In myview, it is the key to unlocking the mystery of theequity risk premium’s behavior.

Page 46: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 42 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Historical Results IIBradford CornellUniversity of CaliforniaLos Angeles

o interpret long-run unconditional features ofhistorical returns, Bradford Cornell beganwith the following basic model:

Earnings growth = (b)(ROE),

where b is the rate at which earnings are retained andROE is return earned on equity. He noted that wehave to be careful when working with historical datain this model. For example, does payout apply only todividends or to dividends and other payouts, such asshare repurchases? And we need to distinguishbetween aggregate dividends and per share dividends.The two have been diverging.

Now, b should adjust until ROE at the marginequals k, the cost of capital. Cornell assumed thatk = ROE in the aggregate, but a critical question ishow earnings relate to GNP (see Figure 1). What if

bk is greater than GNP growth? Cornell assumed thatpolitical forces—such as taxation, antitrust laws, andlabor regulations—would affect ex ante and ex postreturns in such a way as to bring about

(b)(ROE) = bk ≤ GNP growth.

The constant-growth model is

or

where P = priceD = dividendsk = cost of capitalg = growth rate

Because D is equal to E(1 – b) and g is equal to bk,the constant-growth model becomes, in real terms,

or

TP D

k g–------------=

k DP---- g+=

P Ek----=

Figure 1. S&P 500 Earnings and Dividends to GNP, 1950–July 2001

1950 = 100

100

80

60

40

201950 20011954 1958 1962 1966 1970 1974 1978 1982 1986 1990 1994 1998

Dividends/GNP

Earnings/GNP

Page 47: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

HISTORICAL RESULTS I I

©2002, A IMR® 43 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Cornell had so far been working with aggregates,but share repurchases and other nondividend cashflows between companies and their shareholdersshould be considered. So, he assumed that the total ofcash distributions is approximately 1.5D.

Finally, if g is constrained to be close to GNPgrowth, then k = 1.5(D/P) + GNP growth.

Table 1 shows that since 1950, aggregate S&P 500Index earnings and dividends have both grown lessthan GNP, although from 1972 to 2000, earningsactually grew faster. (Earnings may appear to havekept up with or even exceeded GNP because of thehigh volatility of the earnings, which leads to higharithmetic average rates of growth for the same geo-metric averages.) The dividend growth rates havebeen lower because of falling payout ratios. The pic-ture conveyed to Cornell is that earnings growth willnot exceed GNP growth in the future. (The relation-ship of earnings to GNP is an interesting measure

having to do with, among other things, the productiv-ity of labor and capital.)

Finally, putting together an inflation assumptionof 3 percent, a long-term nominal risk-free rate of 5.5percent, and the relationships developed previouslyproduces Table 2. An example of the calculations forTable 2 under the assumptions given in the table is asfollows: At real growth of 3 percent and with a riskpremium of 2.5 percent, P = [1.5($16.90)]/(0.055 –0.03 + 0.025 – 0.03) = $1,268. What Table 2 indi-cates is that as long as g is limited by GNP growth of1.5–3.0 percent, the equity risk premium must be nomore than about 3 percent to be consistent with anS&P 500 of about 1,000.

Cornell asked why, in general, is the market sohigh? (In particular, he questioned why the marketis currently at the level of pre-September 11, 2001, if,as so many say, the events of that date accelerated arecession and changed perceptions of risk.) Oneexplanation is that investors see the market generallyas less risky than in the past. Cornell found thatexplanation rational. Another rational explanation isthat the value of equities is fundamentally determinedby taxation. Perhaps the market’s level is explainedby human behavior that is rational but for which wehave no explanation. Both propositions imply thatthere is nothing wrong with current prices. Still,another explanation is that equity prices are a mis-take and that a downward correction will producenegative returns before a normal risk premium pre-vails.

A key subject on which we might focus is therelationships among aggregate earnings, GNP, andother economic variables.

Table 1. Historical Growth Rates of GNP, Earnings, and Dividends: Two Modern Periods

Period/Measure GNP Earnings Dividends

1951–2000

Mean 3.21% 2.85% 1.07%

Standard deviation 2.89 14.29 4.13

1972–2000

Mean 2.62% 3.79% 0.96%

Standard deviation 2.94 15.72 3.58

Note: Growth rates for earnings and dividends are based on aggregate data.

k EP----.=

Table 2. Value of the S&P 500 Index Given Various Real (Earnings or GNP) Growth Rates and Equity Risk Premiums

Real Growth Rate

Equity Risk Premium

2.0% 2.5% 3.0% 4.0% 5.0% 6.0% 7.0%

1.5% 845 724 634 507 423 362 317

2.0% 1,014 845 724 563 461 390 338

2.5% 1,268 1,014 845 634 507 423 362

3.0% 1,690 1,268 1,014 724 563 461 390

Assumptions: Inflation = 3 percent; long-term risk-free rate = 5.5 percent; payout = 1.5(S&P 500 dividend). The S&P 500 dividend used in the calculation was $16.90, so P = 1.5($16.90)/(k – g), where k = 5.5 percent (the risk-free rate minus 3 percent inflation plus the risk premium) and g = real growth rate.

Page 48: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 44 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Historical Results: Discussion

RAVI BANSAL (Moderator)

I would like to make a couple of observations. Oneaspect that we could consider is the time-seriesevidence on aggregate consumption volatility. I amthinking of consumption as a way to measureeconomic uncertainty in the data, but it can be doneby other means as well. The time-series evidencesuggests that a decline in conditional volatility haswithout doubt occurred over the past 40 years or so.This reduced volatility suggests that there should besome decline in risk premiums. Another aspect thatcould be considered, which Steve Ross mentionedearlier, is that much of the risk premium discussiondraws on the cross-sectional evidence. It is where alot of the bodies are buried in terms of understandingwhere risks are coming from.

We heard some debate in the first session [“The-oretical Foundations”] about whether consumptionmodels are plausible or not, and my view is thatconsumption data are not in a usable form forexplaining the cross-sectional differences, althoughthere may be new evidence in this regard. The con-sumption models can actually go a long way, how-ever, in explaining the difference in the risk

premiums on different assets. In fact, in “Consump-tion, Dividends, and the Cross-Section of EquityReturns” (Bansal, Dittmar, and Lundblad 2001), weshow that if you take the earnings growth or thedividend growth of different portfolios and regressactual growth on historical (say, the past 25–30years) consumption growth smoothed for 12 or 14quarters, and if you consider (what has almostbecome the industry benchmark) 10 portfolios com-posed on the basis of size, 10 on momentum, and 10on the book-to-market ratio, you will see that theregression coefficient almost entirely lines up withthe ex post excess returns on these different assets.So, for example, the regression coefficient of extreme“loser” momentum portfolios is negative and that of“winner” portfolios is strongly positive. The valuestocks have a very high exposure to the consumptiongrowth rate, and what I call the loser value stocks—that is, the growth stocks—have a low exposure,which maps the differences in equity premiums also.So, there is a link between consumption and riskpremiums, which creates a prima facie case for aggre-gate economic uncertainty, defined as consumption,being a very useful measure.

The cross-sectional evidence also highlights thatwhat determines the risk premium on an asset is“low-frequency” movements (long-run growth pros-pects) and the exposure of different portfolios tothem. Long-run growth prospects are the key sourceof risk in the economy.

Still, a puzzle remains because the equity marketrisk premiums have decreased—to 2 percent, 2.5 per-cent, or so on—and of course, people disagree aboutwhat the risk premium is. It seems to me that the rightway to approach the equity risk premium puzzle isthrough the Sharpe ratio on the market. If we arguethat the risk premium has fallen, then the Sharperatio is quite likely to have fallen also.

CLIFFORD ASNESS: If I understood correctly, Jer-emy Siegel was saying that Rob Arnott and I werepicking up a short-term mean-reversion effect that isnot relevant over the long term. I would like to maketwo points: First, we were forecasting over severaldecades and found a pretty strong negative relation-ship between the retention rate and real earningsgrowth. So, Jeremy, if this relationship reverses itselfin the longer term, we should find a very, very strongpositive relationship later. Yes? Second, in the draftof our paper (Arnott and Asness 2002), which has

Ravi Bansal (Moderator)Robert ArnottClifford AsnessJohn CampbellPeng Chen, CFABradford CornellWilliam GoetzmannCampbell HarveyRoger IbbotsonMartin LeibowitzRajnish MehraThomas PhilipsWilliam Reichenstein, CFAStephen RossRobert ShillerJeremy SiegelKevin Terhaar, CFARichard Thaler

Page 49: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 45 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

HISTORICAL RESULTS: DISCUSSION

only been seen by Rob, me, and a few people wetrusted not to laugh at us, we tested the relationshipagainst other proxies for pure, univariate mean rever-sion in earnings growth—prior growth, growth ver-sus a 20-year average—added to the equation. We stillfound over a 10-year horizon (we would like to haveused a longer horizon but were trying to avoid havingtoo few periods) that the relationship is very negative.Therefore, I have a hard time believing that overlonger periods the relationship is going to be verypositive. We did find that simple measures of meanreversion and earnings do not knock out the relation-ship. I am curious about the data you were using andwhat you are citing in the longer term. Maybe we canreconcile the apparent differences.

JEREMY SIEGEL: Well, I did not run the tests thatyou did. I just know that there is very strong evidencefrom cycles. In recessions, the payout ratio goes veryhigh because companies choose to maintain the samelevel of dividends they were paying before the reces-sion, and earnings drop. Then, subsequent growth inreal earnings is very high because it is happeningrelative to the slow or negative growth experiencedduring the recession. The same phenomenon, but inthe opposite direction, occurs during and after aneconomic boom. For these reasons, I found in the twolong periods, 1871–1945 and then 1946–2000, thatthe decrease in the dividend yield during each periodwas matched by an increase in real earnings growth[see Siegel’s Table 2]. The result is the same approx-imate 7 percent real return in the later period as inthe earlier period, which is comforting from a theo-retical point of view. Otherwise, we would have toturn to such theories as that “companies that retainmore earnings must be totally wasting them becausethe companies do worse after the earnings retention.”That theory is very much a concern.

JOHN CAMPBELL: I want to focus attention on anissue that is in Jeremy Siegel’s tables but which hedidn’t talk about in his presentation—the geometricversus the arithmetic average. This issue is one thatcauses people’s eyes to glaze over. It seems a pedanticthing, like worrying about split infinitives—the sortof thing that pedantic professors do but other peopleshouldn’t bother about. But it is actually an importantissue for risky assets because the difference betweenthe arithmetic and the geometric average is on theorder of about half the variance, which for stocks, isabout 1.5–2.0 percent. That’s a big difference, and itshows up in Jeremy’s tables very clearly. So, whenwe’re bandying about estimates of the equity pre-mium and we say, “Maybe it’s 2 percent; maybe it’s 3

percent,” clearly the difference between these twoaverages is large relative to those estimates.

Which is the right concept, arithmetic or geomet-ric? Well, if you believe that the world is identicallyand independently distributed and that returns aredrawn from the same distribution every period, thetheoretically correct answer is that you should usethe arithmetic average. Even if you’re interested in along-term forecast, take the arithmetic average andcompound it over the appropriate horizon. However,if you think the world isn’t i.i.d., the arithmeticaverage may not be the right answer.

As an illustration, think about a two-lane high-way to an airport. Suppose that to increase trafficcapacity, you repaint the highway so that it has three,narrower lanes. Traffic capacity is thus increased by50 percent. But suppose the lanes are now too narrow,causing many accidents, so you repaint the highwaywith only two lanes. Arithmetically, the end resultappears to be a great success because the net effect isan increase in capacity. A 50 percent increase incapacity has been followed by only a 33.3 percentdecrease. The arithmetic average of the changes is+8.5 percent. So, even though you’re back to yourstarting point, you delivered, on average, an 8.5 per-cent increase in traffic capacity. Obviously, that’sabsurd. In this case, the geometric average is the rightmeasure. The geometric average calculates a changein capacity to be zero, which is the correct answer;nothing has been accomplished with the lane rear-rangement and reversal.

The difference between the i.i.d. case and thehighway story is that in the highway story, you haveextreme negative serial correlation. You could get to–33.3 percent in the end only by having had the +50percent and –33.3 percent occur on a higher base than+50 percent. So, the geometric average is the correctmeasure to use in an extreme situation like the high-way illustration.

I think the world has some mean reversion. It isn’tas extreme as in the highway example, but wheneverany mean reversion is observed, using the arithmeticaverage makes you too optimistic. Thus, a measuresomewhere between the geometric and the arithmeticaverages would be the appropriate measure.

BRADFORD CORNELL: You see that difference inthe GNP and earnings data. Although the ratio ofearnings to GNP is falling from 1972 on [see Cornell’sTable 1], the growth rate of earnings is higher as anarithmetic mean precisely for the reason you suggest.

CAMPBELL: Right, right. Mean reversion has theeffect of lowering the variance over long horizons,which is, of course, a major theme of Jeremy Siegel’s

Page 50: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 46 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

HISTORICAL RESULTS: DISCUSSION

work. And you could imagine taking the geometricaverage and then adding half of long-term variance toget an appropriate long-term average.

SIEGEL: That’s a good point. You discussed in yournew book with Lewis Viceira (Campbell and Viceira2002) whether we should use the arithmetic or thegeometric average and that when mean reversionoccurs, we perhaps have more reason to use thegeometric average. I’ve found in my data that at 30-year horizons, the standard deviation is about half thenumber that i.i.d., random walk theory would pre-dict. So, you can actually add half the variance to thegeometric average and use that number as the appro-priate arithmetic risk premium on long horizons.

CAMPBELL: It was striking that you did focus yourpresentation on the geometric average. A lot of theother calculations that have been presented heretoday evolve out of these deterministic models inwhich no distinction is made between geometric andarithmetic calculations. But I think that when youface randomness, as we do in the world, you have tothink about this issue.

ROBERT ARNOTT: I had just a quick follow-up toCliff Asness’s question about the link between payoutratios and earnings growth. I think one possiblesource of the difference that we’re seeing is not thetime horizon but that, in Jeremy Siegel’s work, if Iunderstand correctly, he is looking at the concurrentpayout ratio versus earnings growth. Cliff Asness andI are looking at leading payout ratio versus subsequentearnings growth; in effect, we’re using the payoutratio as a predictor of earnings growth.

ASNESS: I’ll add one thing to that: What JeremySiegel is saying is that a high and falling dividend yieldis replaced by increased earnings growth over thatperiod. What Rob Arnott and I are saying is thatperhaps there is mean reversion but if you look at thestart of that period, the high dividend yield wasleading to a high payout ratio, which tended to fore-cast the declining actual earnings growth. So, I thinkwe’re actually saying the same thing. That’s a limbI’m going to go out on.

CAMPBELL HARVEY: One thing that completelybaffles me is the TIPS yield right now. The breakeveninflation rate for 10 years is about 1.2 percent. BradCornell showed that valuation table [Cornell’s Table2] with a reasonable assumption of inflation at 3percent. And Jeremy Siegel’s Table 1 showed thehistorical data in terms of real bond return, whichwas significantly higher on average than 1.5 percent.It just seems there’s something going on with TIPS

that I don’t understand. For me, an inflation rate of1.2 percent over 10 years doesn’t seem reasonable.

PENG CHEN: It depends on how you define theequity risk premium. Some define the equity riskpremium in relation to the real return earned onTIPS. It’s a good observation, but TIPS is a new assetclass, started just several years ago. The TIPS marketis still immature; the market size is relatively small.So, I’m not sure how much inference you should drawby just looking at the current yield. A current yieldof 3 percent doesn’t mean that the real interest rateis 3 percent. If you had followed the TIPS market fora while, you probably would have heard rumors thatthe U.S. Treasury Department is going to suspendissuing TIPS—which would have a huge impact onhow TIPS behave in the marketplace. So, we need tobe careful when using TIPS as part of the benchmarkin trying to calculate the actual risk premium.

SIEGEL: On that issue, I think there is a liquidityissue with TIPS, but it’s not that great. I think there’s$70, $80, $90 billion worth of TIPS in the market. Youcan do a trade of fairly decent size at narrow bid–askspreads. My opinion of what’s going on right now isthat nominal bonds are seen as a hedge. I think thereis fear of deflation in the market. And as in 1929,1930, and 1931, investors were thinking that if theworld markets, such as Japan, were going to be in abad state, in a deflationary sense, holding nominalassets was the thing to do. So, as a result, the demandfor nominal bonds is rising as a hedge against defla-tion, which will be bad for the economy and for realassets. The difference between TIPS and nominalbonds doesn’t measure unbiased expected inflation;there’s a negative risk premium in the picture. It is notwhat we think of as “there’s inflation risk so nominalbonds should sell at a higher-than-expected return.” Ithink right now the premium is a negative risk pre-mium as investors use nominal bonds as a hedgeagainst deflationary circumstances in the economy.

STEPHEN ROSS: In all of these computations of theequity risk premium on the stock market, does anyonetake into account the leverage inherent in the stockmarket and the volatility premium that you would getfrom it? I don’t have a clue about the empirical size ofthat premium. Can someone help me?

MARTIN LEIBOWITZ: I can. If you take the formulasthat have been discussed today and translate them toassume a particular risk premium on unleveredassets, you can see how that premium translates intothe typical level of leverage in the equity markets. Youfind that it is exactly what you’d expect. The riskpremium that you actually see in the market reflects

Page 51: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 47 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

HISTORICAL RESULTS: DISCUSSION

the leverage that is endemic in the equity market, andif you back out that premium to find the risk premiumon unlevered assets, you find that the premium onunlevered assets is less.

RAJNISH MEHRA: The Sharpe ratio won’t change.It’s invariant to leverage.

LEIBOWITZ: It’s exactly linear.

ROBERT SHILLER: Let’s remember correctly theMcGrattan and Prescott article (2001) that Brad Cor-nell mentioned. They use a representative agentmodel, and they compare the late 1950s and early1960s with a recent year. And they say that because of401(k)s and similar vehicles, the tax rate on dividendsfor a representative agent has fallen—from 50 percentin 1950–1962 to 9 percent in 1987–1999. That fallseems to me like an awfully big drop, and I questionwhether there could have been such a big drop for therepresentative investor. I wonder if anyone here haslooked carefully at their model? Are they right?

SIEGEL: They use the average investor; they don’tuse the marginal investor. They say that X percent ofassets are in a 401(k), and they equate that amountwith the marginal rate. My major criticism of theMcGrattan–Prescott paper is that we don’t knowwhether the marginal investor is a taxable investor,which would change their results dramatically.

CORNELL: That criticism doesn’t mean their resultsare wrong. We simply don’t know.

SIEGEL: We don’t know. But I have a feeling that themarginal investor has a much higher tax rate than themarginal investor used to have.

ROSS: Yes, James Poterba told me that his calcula-tions indicate that 401(k)s have far less tax advantageat the margin than one might think. Because of thetax rate “upon withdrawals,” those vehicles can bedramatically attacked from a tax perspective. If youmake a simple presumption that 401(k)s are simplya way of avoiding taxes, you’re missing the point.

THOMAS PHILIPS: I’d like to go back to the equationfor expected future real returns that Jeremy Siegelattributes to me: Expected future real returns = Earn-ings yield + g × [1 – (Book value/Market value)]. Itreally is an expression for the expected future nominalreturn. When I derived that equation, I derived it innominal terms. In particular, the growth term, g, isnominal, not real, growth (Philips 1999). When yousubtract inflation, you have Expected future realreturns = Earnings yield + Nominal growth × [(1 –Book value/Market value) – Inflation]; the last two

terms go to approximately zero. You’re left with theearnings yield being approximately the real expectedreturn.

In the special case that Brad Cornell talked about,in which the cost of capital and the return on capitalare the same, the second term disappears because thebook-to-market ratio becomes 1. In that case, theearnings yield is actually the nominal expectedreturn. The truth, in practice, lies somewhere inbetween the two results because some of these quan-tities will vary with inflation, real interest rates, andthe economywide degree of leverage.

The approximation that Brad used is biased up ordown depending on where inflation, growth, and thecost of capital relative to the return on capital lie. It’sa great first-order approximation, a great historicalapproximation, but you can be talking about the nom-inal rate of return instead of the real rate of returnwhen the cost of capital starts coming very close tothe return on capital.

SIEGEL: Well, I disagree with you. In your slides, theearnings yield—if you’re in equilibrium and bookvalue equals market value equals replacement cost—is an estimate of the real return, not the nominalreturn. Your equation is extraordinarily useful, but Ithink we do have to interpret it as the real return.

ROGER IBBOTSON: I’d like to say something aboutBrad Cornell using aggregate calculations to get anestimate of the equity risk premium. I did some workon aggregate calculations in a paper I wrote withJeffrey Diermeier and Laurence Siegel in 1984. Relat-ing to merger and acquisition activities, we looked athow best to use cash: For example, do you use cashfor dividends or share repurchases? (You could takethe same approach for investing in projects.) Whenyou look at which data to use in the context of cashmergers or acquisitions, you can see that the per shareestimates are going to be very different from theaggregate estimates because you’re buying other com-panies on a per share basis. Thus, EPS can grow muchfaster than aggregate corporate earnings.

CORNELL: That’s why I like looking at aggregateearnings; it’s the whole pot, and you’re not as con-cerned about how things are moving around withinthe pot or being paid out to shareholders. But evenlooking at aggregate earnings, and this is based on BobShiller’s data series going back to 1872, the earningsdon’t keep up with GNP, despite the greater volatilityof earnings; even the arithmetic averages are less. Canyou explain that phenomenon? What does it imply forthe future?

Page 52: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 48 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

HISTORICAL RESULTS: DISCUSSION

SHILLER: The national income and product account(NIPA) earnings keep up a lot better. So, it’s probablybecause earnings in the market indexes are not rep-resenting the new companies that come into the econ-omy and existing companies’ earnings are growing ata slower rate.

SIEGEL: I looked at it very closely. The trend in theratio of NIPA profits to GDP is virtually zero, the meanbeing 6.7 percent. You can do a linear regression—anyregression—and you get a trend of absolutely zero: Theratio of NIPA profits to GDP has remained constant.Aggregate S&P 500 Index profits have slipped becausethe S&P 500 back in the 1950s and 1960s representeda much higher percentage of the market’s value thanit does today. You can look at both aggregate S&P 500profits and aggregate NIPA profits and see the trends.

MEHRA: I found the same thing in my 1998 paper.The ratio of aggregate cash flows to national income(NI) is essentially trendless. In the afternoon, I’ll betalking about the difference when you look at stockmarket valuation relative to national income [see the“Current Estimates and Prospects for Change” ses-sion]. That ratio fluctuates from about 2 × NI toabout 0.5 × NI, whereas cash flows, which are theinput for all these valuation models, are trendlessrelative to NI.

KEVIN TERHAAR: I want to go back to the represen-tative investor or the marginal investor and BradCornell’s first “rational” reason that the marketmight be high—that stocks are seen as less risky. Onething that hasn’t been brought up is that all thediscussions so far have focused primarily on the U.S.equity market. To the extent that the marginal inves-tor looks at U.S. equities in the context of a broaderportfolio (as opposed to looking at them only in asegmented market), the price of risk (or the aggregateSharpe ratio) can stay the same while the equitypremium for U.S. equities can fall. As the behavior ofinvestors becomes less segmented—as they becomeless apt to view assets in a narrow or isolated man-ner—the riskiness of the assets can decline. Riskbecomes systematic rather than total, and as a result,the compensation for risk falls commensurately.

WILLIAM GOETZMANN: I have a related commentin reference to Brad Cornell’s presentation. An inter-esting aspect was his reference to changes in diversi-fication of individual investors. There’s not muchempirical evidence on this issue, but it’s interestingbecause we did have a boom in mutual funds throughthe 1980s and 1990s, with investors becoming morediversified. And the result was that the volatility of

their equity portfolios dropped. We saw a similartrend in the 1920s, at least in the United States,through much growth in the investment trusts.1 Wethink of trusts as these terrible entities that weclamped down on in the 1930s, but nevertheless, theydid provide diversification for individual investors.So, maybe there is some relationship between theaverage investor’s level of diversification and valua-tion measures of the equity premium.

It’s hard to squeeze much more information outof the time-series data because we don’t have manybooms like I just described. But we might get some-thing from cross-sectional studies—looking interna-tionally—because we have such differences in thepotential for investors in each country to diversify—different costs associated with diversification and soforth. So, maybe we could find out something frominternational cross-sectional data.2

CAMPBELL: On the diversification issue, I have acouple of cautionary notes. First, I think that diver-sification on the part of individual investors probablyis part of this story, but what matters for pricingought not to be the diversification of investors withinvestors equally weighted but with investors valueweighted. Presumably, the wealthy have always beenfar more diversified than the small investor. So, ifsmall investors succeed in diversifying a bit more, itmay not have much effect on the equity premium.

Second, you mentioned the trend towardincreased diversification in recent years. There hasalso been a trend toward increased idiosyncratic riskin recent years. So, although marketwide volatilityhas not trended up, there has been a very powerfulupward trend since the 1960s in the volatility of atypical, randomly selected stock. So, you need to bemore diversified now in order to have the same levelof idiosyncratic risk exposure as before 1960. It’s notclear to me whether the increase in diversification ofportfolios has outstripped that other trend or merelykept pace with it.

ROSS: It’s not at all obvious to me that the wealthyare more diversified. The old results from estate taxdata I found are really quite striking. Keep in mindthat the data contain survivorship bias and that therich got wealthy by owning a company that did well,but as I remember, the mean holding of the wealthyis about four stocks, which is really quite small.Conversely, if you look at the less wealthy investor,many of their assets are tied up in pension plans,1 Investment trusts existed solely to hold stock in other companies,which frequently held stock in yet other companies.2 For a discussion of long-term equity risk premiums in 16 countries,see Dimson, Marsh, and Staunton (2001).

Page 53: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 49 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

HISTORICAL RESULTS: DISCUSSION

where the diversification—even in defined-benefitplans—is subtle and not easy to detect. The same canbe said for Social Security.

SIEGEL: I think we should also keep in mind theabsolutely dramatic reduction in the cost of buying andselling stocks. Bid–ask spreads are sometimes penniesfor substantial amounts of stocks, and transactioncosts have decreased virtually to zero. I would thinkthat, even with the increase in idiosyncratic risk, ifindividual investors want to diversify (leaving asidethe question of whether they want to diversify or pickstocks), they can do so at a much lower cost today thanthey could, say, 20 or 30 years ago.

BANSAL: So, your argument for the falling equitypremium would be that the costs have gone downmore for equities than for bonds?

SIEGEL: Yes.

ASNESS: We still see many investors with tremen-dously undiversified portfolios. There are psycholog-ical biases and errors that can lead to a lack ofdiversification; we haven’t had a rush to the Wilshire5000 Total Market Index.

R I CHARD THALER: To follow up, I want to pointout that research on the prevalence of ownership ofcompany stock in 401(k) plans indicates that it’squite high—in some companies, shockingly high. AtCoca-Cola, for example, at one time, more than 90percent of the pension assets were in Coca-Cola stock.The same pattern was common in the technologycompanies. Talk about investments being undiversi-fied and positively correlated with human capital!These situations are very risky.

ASNESS: Have you ever tried to convince an endow-ment started by one family that what they shouldreally do is diversify?

THALER: Right, right.

ASNESS: You never succeed.

THALER: Research on the founders of companiesindicates that they hold portfolios with very lowreturns and very high idiosyncratic risk.

ASNESS: But they had had very high returns at somepoint.

THALER: Right.

PHILIPS: I’d like to re-explore the earnings versusGDP question. Rob Arnott and Peter Bernstein(2002) find that per share earnings grow more slowly

than the economy for a very simple reason: A largechunk of the growth of the economy is derived fromnew enterprises, and therefore, the growth in earn-ings per dollar of capital will be inherently lower thanthe growth of earnings in the entire economy. Theirempirical result is that per share earnings grow atroughly the same rate as per capita GDP. Let’s callthat the rate of growth of productivity. I, on the otherhand, am much more comfortable with the notion ofEPS growing at roughly the same rate as the economyas a whole. Why? Because the old economy spins offdividends that it cannot reinvest internally. Thosedividends, in turn, can be invested in the new econ-omy, which allows you to capture the growth in thenew economy. In effect, you have a higher growth rateand a lower dividend yield, and your per share earn-ings keep growing at roughly the same rate as theeconomy as a whole. Do you have a take on that,Jeremy? Do you have an instinctive feel for whetherwe’re missing something here or not?

SIEGEL: If companies paid out all their earnings asdividends (with no reinvestment or buying back ofshares) and because (based on the long-run-growthliterature) the capital output ratio is constant, thenEPS would not grow at all. You would have newshares as the economy grew, through technology orpopulation growth, because companies would have tofloat more shares over time to absorb new capital. ButEPS wouldn’t really grow at all. What happens, ofcourse, is that the companies withhold some of theirearnings for reinvestment or buyback of shares,which pushes EPS upward. If the earnings growthalso happens to be the rate of productivity growth orGDP growth, I think it’s coincidental, not intrinsic.

IBBOTSON: I have done work on the same subject,and I agree.

WILLIAM REICHENSTEIN: I have a concern. Ifyou’re buying back shares, EPS grow (corporate earn-ings don’t necessarily grow, but earnings per sharedo). The argument that when companies reinvesttheir earnings rather than paying out their earningsto shareholders they must be wasting some of thatmoney just doesn’t jibe with the reality that the price-to-book ratio on the market today is about 4 to 1. Ifthe market is willing to pay $4.00 for the $1.00 equitythat is being reinvested, companies cannot be wastingthe reinvested money.

SIEGEL: The confusing thing is that the price-to-book ratio for the S&P 500 or the DJIA is about 4 or5 to 1 but the Tobin’s q-ratio—which uses book valueadjusted for inflation and replacement costs—is

Page 54: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 50 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

HISTORICAL RESULTS: DISCUSSION

nowhere near that amount. I think it could be verymisleading to use historical market-to-book ratios.

LEIBOWITZ: Still, whether you use the market-to-book ratio or not, the idea of having high P/Es in anenvironment where monies are reinvested at lessthan the cost of capital produces the same inconsis-tency. Something doesn’t compute.

IBBOTSON: The burden is on the people who arechallenging the Miller–Modigliani theorem. M&Msaid that dividends and retention of earnings have thesame effect so which number is used doesn’t matter;you’re saying it does matter.

ARNOTT: I believe the Miller–Modigliani theorem isan elegant formula that should work. But it doesn’tmatch 130 years’ worth of historical data.

IBBOTSON: We’ll investigate that!

PHILIPS: In part, the difference may be somethingalready mentioned: NIPA (which covers all busi-nesses) versus the set of publicly traded securities(which is a subset of NIPA). Examining both groupsseparately might provide us some answers to thereinvestment question. Another angle on reinvest-ment is: Suppose we idealize the world so that busi-nesses reinvest only what they need for their growth(so, it’s a rational reinvestment, not empire building).What is our view now of how EPS should be growing?Is there a consensus? Rob Arnott has some verystrong numbers showing that per share earningsgrow more slowly than the economy. Will you beputting up that graph this afternoon, Rob?

ARNOTT: Yes, that’s why I’m not saying anything.

SIEGEL: What’s interesting is that growth hasoccurred over time in the marketable value of securi-ties versus what would be implied by the NIPA prof-its. Many more companies are now public than usedto be. A lot of partnerships have gone public in the

past 10–20 years. A lot of small companies, privatecompanies, have gone public recently. Part of thereason could be the good stock market, and part couldbe a long-term trend. At any rate, in NIPA, a very bigdecline has occurred in “proprietors’ income,” whichis derived from partnerships and individual owners,and an increase has occurred in corporate income asthese private companies and partnerships went pub-lic. You have to be aware of this trend if you are usinglong-term data. It is one reason I think there is anupward trend in market value versus GDP. I’m notsaying the ownership change alone explains the mar-ket value trend, or that it explains the whole amount,but changes between corporate income and noncor-porate income are important.

IBBOTSON: So, as I’ve just said, either go to pershare data to do this type of analysis or make sure youmake all these adjustments to the aggregate data. SeeDiermeier, Ibbotson, and Siegel (1984) if you want tosee how to make the adjustments.

TERHAAR: For the per share data, however, mostpeople use the S&P 500, and the S&P 500 isn’t reallypassive. It’s a fairly actively managed index, particu-larly in recent years; the managers at Standard &Poor’s have a habit of adding “hot” stocks, such astheir July 2000 inclusion of JDS Uniphase. Thesesubstitutions have effects on the per share earningsand the growth rate that would not be present in abroader index or in the NIPA index.

SIEGEL: That’s a very important point. Wheneverthe S&P 500 adds a company that has a higher P/Ethan the average company in the index, which hasbeen very much the case in the past three years, theresult is a dollar bias in the growth rate of earningsas the index is recomputed to make it continuous. Mycalculations show that the bias could be 1–2 percenta year in recent years as companies with extraordi-narily high P/Es were added.

Page 55: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 51 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Current Estimates and Prospects for Change IRobert J. ShillerYale UniversityNew Haven, Connecticut

will discuss here some issues in behavioralfinance related to the so-called equity premiumpuzzle. The academic literature on the puzzle is

based on the assumption that people are perfectlyrational and consistent in their financial decisionmaking and that their expectations for future returnsare at all times in line with facts about past historicalreturns. The term “equity premium puzzle” refers to

the fact that the performance of the stock market inthe United States has just been too strong relative toother assets to make sense from the standpoint ofsuch rationality. But behavioral finance research hasprovided strong evidence against the very assump-tions of rationality, at least against the idea that therationality is consistent and responsive to relevantinformation and only relevant information. Theequity premium puzzle and the foundations ofbehavioral finance are inseparable.

People’s expectations cannot be equated withmathematical expectations, as the equity premiumliterature assumes. Expectations for future economicvariables, to the extent that people even have expec-tations, are determined in a psychological nexus. Iwant to describe, in the context of recent experiencein the stock market, some of the psychology that playsa role in forming these expectations. Consideringrecent experience will help provide concreteness toour treatment of expectations. The U.S. equity mar-ket became increasingly overpriced through the1990s, reaching a phenomenal degree of overpricingby early 2000.1 This event is a good case study forexamining expectations in general.

I will be following here some arguments I pre-sented in my 2000 book Irrational Exuberance, and Iwill also develop some themes that I covered in my2002 paper, “Bubbles, Human Judgment, and ExpertOpinion,” which concentrated attention on thebehavior of institutional investors—particularly, col-lege endowment funds and nonprofit organizations(see Shiller 2002).

The theme of “Bubbles, Human Judgment, andExpert Opinion” is that even committees of expertscan be grossly biased when it comes to actions likethose that are taken in financial markets.

A lot of behavioral finance depicts rather stupidthings going on in the market, but (presumably)trustees and endowment managers are pretty intelli-gent people. Yet, they, as a group, have not been

The equity premium puzzle and thefoundations of behavioral finance areinseparable. The equity premiumpuzzle is a puzzle only if we assumethat people’s expectations are consis-tent with past historical averages,that expectations are rational. Butbehavioral finance has shown repeat-edly the weakness of the assumptionthat rational expectations consis-tently drive financial markets. Thispresentation explores, in the contextof recent stock market behavior, anumber of reasons to doubt thatrational expectations always findtheir way appropriately into stockprices. The reasons stressed have todo with psychological factors: (1) thedifficulty that committees, groups,and bureaucracies have in changingdirection, (2) the inordinate influenceof the recent past on decisions, (3) thetendency (perhaps the need) to relyon “conventional wisdom,” and (4)group pressure that keeps individualsfrom expressing dissent.

I

1 See the testimony by John Y. Campbell and Robert J. Shillerbefore the Federal Reserve Board on December 3, 1996. Sum-marized in Campbell and Shiller (1998).

Page 56: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 52 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 52 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

betting against the market during this recent bubble.They seem to be going right along with it. One of thebiggest arguments for market efficiency has been thatif the market is inefficient, why are the smart peoplestill investing in the market. So, the question of howexpert opinion can be biased will be one of the focalpoints of this talk.

The Recent Market BubbleFigure 1 is the Nasdaq Composite Index in real termsfrom October 1984 to October 2001. Anyone who isthinking about the equity premium puzzle ought toreflect on what an event like the recent bubble wehave had implies about the models of humanrationality that underlie the equity premium puzzle.There has never been a more beautiful picture of aspeculative bubble and its burst than in the Figure 1chart of the Nasdaq; the price increase appears tocontinue at an ever increasing rate until March 2000;then, there is a sudden and catastrophic break, andthe index loses a great deal of its value. We will haveto reflect on what could have driven such an eventbefore we can be comfortable with the economicmodels that imply a high degree of investor consis-tency and rationality.

Figure 2 shows the same speculative bubble from1999 to late 2000 in the monthly real price andearnings of the S&P Composite Index since 1871.This bubble is almost unique; the only other one likeit for the S&P Composite occurred in the 1920s; we

could perhaps add the period just before the mid-1970s as a similar event. So, because we have a recordof only two (possibly three) such episodes in history,a lot of short-run historical analysis may be mislead-ing. We are in very unusual times, and this circum-stance is obvious when we look at Figure 2.

The bubble that was seen in the late 1990s wasnot entirely confined to the stock market. Real estateprices also went up rapidly then. Karl Case2 and Ihave devised what we call the “Case–Shiller HomePrice Indexes” for many cities in the United States.Figure 3 is our Los Angeles index on a quarterly basisfrom the fourth quarter of 1975 to the second quarterof 2001. (The smoothness in price change is not anartifact; real estate price movements tend to besmooth through time. The real estate market is differ-ent from the stock market.) Figure 3 tells an interest-ing and amazingly simple story. The two recessionsover the period—1981–1982 and 1990–1991—areeasy to see. Los Angeles single-family home priceswere trending up when the 1981–82 recession hit.Then, although nominal home prices did not godown, prices did drop in real terms. After that reces-sion, prices moved up again, only to fall again in the1990–91 recession. Following that recession, pricessoared back up. In the fall of 2001, we are againentering a recession. So, our prediction is that home2 Of Wellesley College, Massachusetts, and the real estateresearch firm of Case Shiller Weiss, Inc.

Figure 1. Real Nasdaq Composite, October 1984–October 2001

Index

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

085 87 89 91 93 95 97 99 01

Page 57: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 53 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 53 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

prices may trend lower as a result. We do not expectto see in the market for homes a sharp bubble andburst pattern such as we saw in the Nasdaq, but wemight well see some substantial price declines.

Figure 4, the S&P Composite P/E for 1881 to2001, shows once again the dramatic behavior in thestock market recently, behavior matched only by themarket of the late 1920s and (to a lesser extent)around 1900 and the 1960s.

Figure 5 is a scatter diagram, which John Camp-bell and I devised, depicting the historical negative

correlation between P/Es and subsequent 10-yearreturns. Figure 5 shows how the S&P Composite P/Epredicts future S&P Composite returns. The P/E isnow around the 1929 level, which suggests that highvaluation is the dominant issue in judging the equitypremium at this time.

It seems there is sufficient evidence in these mar-kets, not only in their outward patterns but also intheir correlation with each other and with otherevents, to feel pretty safe in concluding that we haveseen a speculative bubble here. I know that there are

Figure 2. S&P Composite: Real Price and Earnings, January 1871–2001

Note: Measured monthly.

Index

Price

Earnings

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

01880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Figure 3. Case–Shiller Home Price Index: Los Angeles Single-Family Home Prices, Fourth Quarter 1975 to Second Quarter 2001

Note: Measured quarterly.

Index

120

100

80

60

40

20

075 80 85 90 95 00

Figure 4. P/E for the S&P Composite, January 1881–October 2001

Note: P/E calculated as price over 10-year lagging earnings (a calculation recommended by Graham and Dodd in 1934).

P/E

504540353025201510

501880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Page 58: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 54 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 54 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

some academics who still apparently believe thatthere are no such things as speculative bubbles.3 Butthese academics are increasingly in the minority inthe profession.

Why Speculative Bubbles?In Irrational Exuberance, I begin by showing thehistorical data that I just reviewed with you. Thequestion that I addressed in the book is why we havespeculative bubbles. I take three behavioralapproaches to answering the question. In the firstpart, I consider structural factors—precipitatingfactors and amplification mechanisms—that encour-age people to buy more stocks. The second part dealswith cultural factors, such as the news media and“new era” theories. The third part deals withpsychological factors, which include overconfidence,anchoring, and attention anomalies.

I have not heard many of these factors mentionedat our meeting today. It is puzzling to me that econo-mists rarely seem to express an appreciation of thenews media as important transmitters of speculativebubbles and of the idea that we are in a new era. Everytime a speculative bubble occurs, many people whowork in the media churn out stories that we are in anew era. I documented this phenomenon in my bookby looking at a number of different cases in which thestock markets in various countries rose over a briefperiod, and I was able to find in each of them a newera theory in the newspaper.

Expert Theories“Bubbles, Human Judgment, and Expert Opinion”was written to be of interest to practitioners. Theobjective was to observe how investors react to amarket bubble and then try to interpret thatphenomenon.

During the book tour for Irrational Exuberance in2000 and 2001, I was often speaking to investmentprofessionals, and although I had the sense that manytimes I was engaging their interest, I often did nothave the sense that I was really connecting with them.

Figure 5. P/E for the S&P Composite in Relation to Subsequent 10-Year Real Composite Returns

Notes: P/E for 1881–1990; average real returns for 1891–2000. A similar scattergram was used in the Campbell–Shiller presentation to Congress in 1996 (see Campbell and Shiller 1998) .

Subsequent 10-Year Real Return (%)

1919

1982

1935

1914

1911

1990

1899

1929

1965

20

15

10

5

0

55 3010 15 20 25

Real Price/10-Year Average Real Earnings

3 For example, Peter Garber, in his recent (2000) book FamousFirst Bubbles: The Fundamentals of Early Manias, argues thateven the tulipmania in Holland in the 1600s was essentiallyrational. He concludes, “The wonderful tales from the tulipma-nia are catnip irresistible to those with a taste for crying bubble,even when the stories are obviously untrue” (p. 83).

Page 59: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 55 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 55 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

In many cases, they were not a really receptive audi-ence. There was a sense of momentum or inertiaamong many of these people. They appeared to be oftwo minds—the one of an interested book reader andthe other of a more rigid committee member orbureaucrat. I wanted to talk about that type of behav-ior in the “Bubbles” paper.

Why would that behavior be happening? Whatevidence would help us understand it? The reason Iset forth in the paper is that the market is like asupertanker that cannot make sudden changes incourse: Even if people like me present a case that themarket is overpriced and is going to fall and even ifpeople like me convince investment professionalsthat the market outlook is not so good, the profession-als will not really make substantive changes in theirportfolios. They may well continue to hold the 55percent of their portfolios in U.S. equities and 11percent in non-U.S. equities. University portfoliomanagers and other institutional investors were notwithdrawing from the market in 1999.

In the paper, I discuss the feedback theory ofbubbles that Andrei Shleifer and Nicholas Barberis(2000), I (1990), and others have talked about. In thefeedback theory, demand for shares is modeled as adistributed lag of past returns plus the effect of pre-cipitating factors. When returns have been high for awhile, investors become more optimistic and bid upshare prices, which amplifies the effects of precipitat-ing factors. I consider this behavior to be an incon-stancy in judgment, not naive extrapolation; forportfolio managers to respond naively to past returnsseems implausible. Inconstancy in judgments arisesbecause committees and their members find it diffi-cult to respond accurately and incrementally to evi-dence, especially when the evidence is ambiguous,qualitative rather than quantitative, and ill defined.Ultimately, recent past returns have an impact on thedecisions committee members make, even if theynever change their conscious calculations. This feed-back behavior thus amplifies the effect on the marketof any precipitating factors that might initiate a spec-ulative bubble.

The critical point is that the problem faced byinstitutional investors in deciding how much to putin the stock market is extremely complex; it has aninfinite number of aspects that cannot possibly becompletely analyzed. In such situations, people mayfall into a pattern of behavior given by the “represen-tative heuristic”—a psychological principle describedby Kahneman and Tversky (1974, 1979) in whichpeople tend to make decisions or judge informationbased on familiar patterns, preconceived categoriesor stereotypes of a situation. We tend to not take anobjective outlook but to observe the similarity of a

current pattern to a familiar, salient image in ourminds and assume that the future will be like thatfamiliar pattern.

Part of the problem that institutional investorsface is the impossibility of processing all the availableinformation. Ultimately, the decision whether toinvest heavily in the stock market is a question ofhistorical judgment. There are so many pieces ofinformation that no one person can process all ofthem.

Therefore, institutional investment managersmust rely on “conventional wisdom.” They makedecisions based on what they perceive is the generallyaccepted expert opinion. A problem with thatapproach is that one cannot know how much infor-mation others had in reaching the judgments laid outin conventional wisdom. In addition, investors do notknow whether others were even relying on informa-tion or were, for their part, just using their judgment.

These kinds of errors that professionals make areanalogous to the errors we sometimes make when, forexample, we walk out of a conference and cross thestreet as a group. We may be talking about somethinginteresting, so each person in the group assumes thatsomeone else is looking at oncoming traffic. Some-times, nobody is.

The tendency to follow conventional wisdom isincreased by the strange standard we have called “theprudent person rule,” part of fiduciary responsibilitythat is even written into ERISA. It is a strange stan-dard because what it’s really saying is not clear. Asset forth in the ERISA regulations adopted in 1974,the prudent person rule states that investments mustbe made with

the care, skill, and diligence, under the circum-stances then prevailing, that a prudent man act-ing in a like capacity and familiar with suchmatters would use in the conduct of an enter-prise with like character and like aims.

I interpret the statement to mean that an investmentmanager or plan sponsor must make judgments basedon what is considered conventional at the time, notindependent judgments.

The prudent person rule is a delicate attempt tolegislate against stupidity, but the way the problem isaddressed basically instructs the trustee or sponsorto be conventional. “Conventional” is exactly how Iwould describe what I think has happened to institu-tional investors and the way they approach the mar-ket. In 2000, many institutional investors believedthey should not be so exposed to the market, but theycould not justify to their organizations, within theconfines of the prudent person rule, cutting backequity exposure. This dilemma is a serious problem.

Page 60: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 56 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 56 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Another problem that managers of institutionalinvestments have can be described as “groupthink,”a term coined in a wonderful book of the same nameby the psychologist Irving Janis (1982). In the book,Janis gives case studies of committees or groups ofhighly intelligent people making big mistakes. Inparticular, he discusses the mistakes that arisebecause of group pressures individuals feel to con-form. Janis points out that people who participate inerroneous decisions often find themselves censoringtheir statements because they believe, “If I express mydissenting view too often, I will be marginalized inthe group and I will not be important.” He uses theterm “effectiveness trap” to describe this thinking.Dissenters, although they may be correct in theiropinions, fear that they are likely to see their influ-ence reduced if they express their opinions. Janisdescribes, for example, responses in the LyndonJohnson administration to a Vietnam bombing fiasco.When Johnson wrote about this episode in his mem-oirs, he did not mention any substantial dissent. Yet,those involved remember having dissenting views.Evidently, they did not express their views in such away that Johnson remembered the dissent after thefact.

As economists, we talk a great deal about models,which concretize the factors in decisions, but whenyou are making a judgment about how to manage aportfolio, you face real-world situations. The realworld is fundamentally uncertain. And fundamentaluncertainty is what Knight talks about in Risk, Uncer-tainty and Profit (1964): How do we react in commit-tees or as groups or as individuals within groups?

An argument Shafir, Simonson, and Tversky(2000) recently made that they applied to individualdecisions is, I think, even more applicable to groupdecisions. The authors stated that when we are mak-ing what seems like a portentous decision, our mindsseek a personalized way to justify the decision; we donot simply consider what to do. They asked people tomake hypothetical custody decisions about divorcingcouples. They described the two parents and thenasked each participant to choose which parent would

get custody of the child. They framed the question intwo different ways. One question was, “Which parentwould you give the child to?” And the other was,“Which parent would you deny custody to?” Ofcourse, the question is the same either way it isframed. Nevertheless, the authors found systematicdifferences in the responses. When the parents weredescribed, one person was described in bland termsand the other person in very vivid terms—both goodextremes and bad extremes. Participants tended topoint their decisions to the more salient person (themore vividly described person) in the couple. Forexample, when the question was framed for awardingcustody, participants tended to award custody to theperson who was vividly described—even though thedescription included bad things. And when the ques-tion was framed for denying custody, participantstended to deny custody to the person who was vividlydescribed—even though the description includedgood things.

This research points to a fundamental reason forinertia in organizations: Institutions have to have avery good reason to change any long-standing policy,but the kinds of arguments that would provide thatgood reason are too complicated (not salient enough)to be persuasive.

ConclusionMy talk has taken us a little bit away from the abstractissue of the long-run equity premium that has beentalked about so much at this forum. I have describeda shorter-run phenomenon, the recent stock marketbubble, and I have described some particular psycho-logical principles that must be borne in mind if weare to understand this recent behavior. But we cannotsee the weaknesses of faulty abstract principlesunless we focus on particular applications of theprinciples. I hope that my discussion today has raisedissues relevant to understanding whether we oughtto consider the markets efficient, whether we oughtto be “puzzled” by the past equity premium, andwhether we should expect this historical premium tocontinue in the future.

Page 61: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 57 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Current Estimates and Prospects for Change IRobert J. ShillerYale UniversityNew Haven, Connecticut

obert Shiller described the equity premiumpuzzle as inseparable from the foundations ofbehavioral finance. The three bases of his

presentation were• Campbell and Shiller, testimony before the Fed-

eral Reserve Board on December 3, 1996,1

• Irrational Exuberance (published in April 2000;see Shiller 2000), and

• “Bubbles, Human Judgment, and Expert Opin-ion” (Shiller 2002).

The third publication was aimed at (nonprofit)practitioners (particularly, those at U.S. educationalendowments). Much behavioral finance describesapparently foolish behavior in the market, but trust-ees are, presumably, intelligent people. Yet, even theyhave not been betting against the market during therecent bubble. Despite warnings, intelligent peoplehave not lost faith in the stock market. Why is expertopinion so biased?

Shiller’s Figure 1 showed the real Nasdaq Com-posite Index from October 1984 to October 2001. Itprovided clear evidence of a perfect bubble from 1999to late 2000. The same could be seen in his Figure 2of the S&P Composite Index from 1871 to 2001. Twoother, lesser bubbles appeared—in the late 1920s andthe late 1960s. Similarly, the Figure 3 graph of realestate prices in Los Angeles, California, showed aclear bubble (although it was smoother than themarket bubble) around 1990. Figure 4, of the S&P1 Summarized in Campbell and Shiller (1998).

R

Figure 1. Real Nasdaq Composite, October 1984–October 2001

Index

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

085 87 89 91 93 95 97 99 01

Page 62: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 58 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Composite P/E (real price divided by average realearnings over the preceding 10 years) from 1881 to2001, showed bubbles recently, in the late 1920s,around 1900 (to a lesser extent), in the late 1930s,and in the 1960s.

Figure 5 is a scattergram showing how the S&PComposite P/E predicts future S&P Compositereturns. The P/E is now around the 1929 level, whichsuggests that valuation is the dominant issue in termsof the equity premium at this time.

In his book Irrational Exuberance, Shiller dealtwith three types of factors leading to excessive valu-ations: structural, cultural, and psychological. Cul-tural factors included the news media and “new era”theories. The news media are important transmittersof speculative bubbles, and every bubble is accompa-nied by a new era theory to explain the rise in prices.Among psychological factors are overconfidence,anchoring, and attention anomalies.

Figure 2. S&P Composite: Real Price and Earnings, January 1871–2001

Note: Measured monthly.

Index

Price

Earnings

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

01880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Figure 3. Case–Shiller Home Price Index: Los Angeles Single-Family Home Prices, Fourth Quarter 1975 to Second Quarter 2001

Note: Measured quarterly.

Index

120

100

80

60

40

20

075 80 85 90 95 00

Figure 4. P/E for the S&P Composite, January 1881–October 2001

Note: P/E calculated as price over 10-year lagging earnings (a calculation recommended by Graham and Dodd in 1934).

P/E

504540353025201510

501880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Page 63: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I

©2002, A IMR® 59 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Turning to the subject of his “Bubbles” paper,Shiller discussed a number of aspects of behavioralfinance behind the behavior of investment profes-sionals that drove equity prices up. The most impor-tant factor is the inertia of a bureaucratic process. Nomatter how convincing the evidence that stock pricesare too high, institutional committees do not changetheir asset allocations, which were generally about 60percent in U.S. and non-U.S. equities in 1999.

The influence of recent past returns is powerful.Reliance on recent returns might be thought of asnaive extrapolation, but Shiller prefers to think of itas inconstancy in judgment. It is difficult for commit-tees to maintain the same judgment at all times whenthe evidence is ambiguous and complicated. The ten-dency is to assume that the future will be like the past.

The impossibility of processing all availableinformation leads to reliance on conventional wis-dom. Institutional investors have a tendency to trustthe opinions of others without knowing what infor-

mation those others are making use of. Moreover, the“prudent person rule” is, unfortunately, to “do whatis conventional.”

Shiller also cited examples of the “effectivenesstrap”—the group pressure to conform—described inGroupthink (Janis 1982). Dissenters, although theymay be correct in their opinions, fear that they arelikely to see their influence reduced if they expresstheir opinions. Other references Shiller made dealtwith the difficulty of getting organizations to changelong-standing policy. Committees need a very goodreason to change a policy.

Shiller’s conclusions included the following:• Bubble behavior and the equity risk premium are

tied up with many issues of human cognition andjudgment.

• Institutional investors have generally been tooslow to react to the negative equity premiumtoday.

Figure 5. P/E for the S&P Composite in Relation to Subsequent 10-Year Real Composite Returns

Notes: P/E for 1881–1990; average real returns for 1891–2000. A similar scattergram was used in the Campbell–Shiller presentation to Congress in 1996 (see Campbell and Shiller 1998) .

Subsequent 10-Year Real Return (%)

1919

1982

1935

1914

1911

1990

1899

1929

1965

20

15

10

5

0

55 3010 15 20 25

Real Price/10-Year Average Real Earnings

Page 64: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 60 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Current Estimates and Prospects for Change IIRajnish MehraProfessor of FinanceUniversity of California, Santa BarbaraNational Bureau of Economic Research and Vega Asset Management

took the topic of the equity risk premiumliterally and considered, given current valuationlevels, what is the expected equity risk premium.

I would argue that this question is an exercise inforecasting and has little to do with the academicdebate on whether the historically observed equityrisk premium has been a puzzle. Let me illustrate.

Table 1 shows the data available to us fromvarious sources and research papers on U.S. equityreturns (generally proxied by a broad-based stockindex), returns to a relatively riskless security (typi-cally a U.S. Treasury instrument), and the equity riskpremium for various time periods since 1802. Theequity premium can be different over the same timeperiod, primarily because some researchers measurethe premium relative to U.S. T-bonds and some mea-sure it relative to T-bills. The original Mehra–Pres-cott paper (1985) measured the premium relative toT-bills. Capital comes in a continuum of risk types,but aggregate capital stock in the United States willgive you a return of about 4 percent. If you combinethe least risky part and the riskier part, such asstocks, their returns will be different but will averageabout 4 percent. I can, at any time, pry off a very riskyslice of the capital risk continuum and compare itsrate of return with another slice of the capital riskcontinuum that is not at all risky.

Table 1 provides results from a fairly long seriesof data—almost 200 years—and the premium existseven when the bull market between 1982 and 2000 is

Analysts have more than 100 years ofgood, clean economic data on assetreturns that support the persistenceof a historical long-term U.S. equityrisk premium over U.S. T-bills of 5–7percent (500–700 bps)—but theexpected equity risk premium ananalyst might have forecasted at thebeginning of this long period wasabout 2 percent. The puzzle is thatstocks are not so much riskier thanT-bills that a 5–7 percent difference inrates of return is justified. Analyses ofthe long series of data indicate thatthe relationship between ex ante andex post premiums is inverse. Therelationship between the market andthe risk premium is also inverse:When the value of the market hasbeen high, the mean equity riskpremium has been low, and viceversa. Finally, investors and advisorsneed to realize that all conclusionsabout the equity risk premium arebased on and apply only to the verylong term. To predict next year’spremium is as impossible as predict-ing next year’s stock returns.

I

Table 1. Real U.S. Equity Market and Riskless Security Returns and Equity Risk Premium, 1802–2000

Period

Mean Real Return on

Market Index

Mean RealReturn onRelatively

Riskless AssetRisk

Premium

1802–1998 7.0% 2.9% 4.1%

1889–2000 7.9 1.0 6.9

1889–1978 7.0a 0.8 6.2b

1926–2000 8.7 0.7 8.0

1947–2000 8.4 0.6 7.8aNot rounded, 6.98 percent.bNot rounded, 6.18 percent.

Sources: Data for 1802–1998 are from Siegel (1998); for 1889–2000, from Mehra and Prescott (1985).

Page 65: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 61 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 61 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

excluded. That bull market certainly contributed tothe premium, but the premium is pretty much thesame in all the periods. One comment on early-19th-century data: The reason Edward Prescott and I beganat 1889 in our original study is that the earlier dataare fairly unreliable. The distinction between debtand equity prior to 1889 is fuzzy. What was in abasket of stocks at that time? Would bonds actuallybe called risk free? Because the distinction betweenthese types of capital was unclear, the equity pre-mium for the 1802–1998 period appears to be lowerin Table 1 than I believe it really was. As Table 2shows, the existence of an equity premium is consis-tent across developed countries—at least for the post-World War II period.

The puzzle is that, adjusted for inflation, theaverage annual return in the U.S. stock market over110 years (1889–2000) has been a healthy 7.9 per-cent, compared with the 1 percent return on a rela-tively riskless security. Thus, the equity premiumover that time period was a substantial 6.2 percent(620 basis points). One could dismiss this result as astatistical artifact, but those data are as good aneconomic time series as we have. And if we assumesome stationarity in the world, we should take seri-ously numbers that show consistency for 110 years.If such results occurred only for a couple of years,that would be a different story.

Is the Premium for Bearing Risk?This puzzle defies easy explanation in standard asset-pricing models. Why have stocks been such anattractive investment relative to bonds? Why has therate of return on stocks been higher than on relativelyrisk-free assets? One intuitive answer is that becausestocks are “riskier” than bonds, investors require alarger premium for bearing this additional risk; andindeed, the standard deviation of the returns to stocks(about 20 percent a year historically) is larger thanthat of the returns to T-bills (about 4 percent a year).

So, obviously, stocks are considerably more riskythan bills!

But are they?Why do different assets yield different rates of

return? Why would you expect stocks to give you ahigher return? The deus ex machina of this theory isthat assets are priced such that, ex ante, the loss inmarginal utility incurred by sacrificing current con-sumption and buying an asset at a certain price isequal to the expected gain in marginal utility contin-gent on the anticipated increase in consumptionwhen the asset pays off in the future.

The operative emphasis here is the incrementalloss or gain of well-being resulting from consumption,which should be differentiated from incremental con-sumption because the same amount of consumptionmay result in different degrees of well-being at differ-ent times. (A five-course dinner after a heavy lunchyields considerably less satisfaction than a similardinner when one is hungry!)

As a consequence, assets that pay off when timesare good and consumption levels are high—that is,when the incremental value of additional consump-tion is low—are less desirable than those that pay offan equivalent amount when times are bad and addi-tional consumption is both desirable and more highlyvalued.

Let me illustrate this principle in the context of apopular standard paradigm, the capital asset pricingmodel (CAPM). This model postulates a linear rela-tionship between an asset’s “beta” (a measure ofsystematic risk) and expected return. Thus, high-betastocks yield a high expected rate of return. The reasonis that in the CAPM, good times and bad times arecaptured by the return on the market. The perfor-mance of the market as captured by a broad-basedindex acts as a surrogate indicator for the relevantstate of the economy. A high-beta security tends topay off more when the market return is high, that is,when times are good and consumption is plentiful; as

Table 2. Real Equity and Riskless Security Returns and Equity Risk Premium: Selected Developed Markets, 1947–98

Country Period

Mean Real Return on

Market Index

Mean RealReturn on Relatively

Riskless Asset Risk Premium

United Kingdom 1947–1999 5.7% 1.1% 4.6%

Japan 1970–1999 4.7 1.4 3.3

Germany 1978–1997 9.8 3.2 6.6

France 1973–1998 9.0 2.7 6.3

Sources: Data for the United Kingdom are from Siegel (1998); the remaining data are from Campbell (2002).

Page 66: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 62 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 62 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

discussed earlier, such a security provides less incre-mental utility than a security that pays off whenconsumption is low, is less valuable to investors, andconsequently, sells for less. Thus, assets that pay offin states of low marginal utility will sell for a lowerprice than similar assets that pay off in states of highmarginal utility. Because rates of return are inverselyproportional to asset prices, the latter class of assetswill, on average, give a lower rate of return than theformer.

Another perspective on asset pricing emphasizesthat economic agents prefer to smooth patterns ofconsumption over time. Assets that pay off a rela-tively larger amount at times when consumption isalready high “destabilize” these patterns of consump-tion, whereas assets that pay off when consumptionlevels are low “smooth” out consumption. Naturally,the latter are more valuable and thus require a lowerrate of return to induce investors to hold them.(Insurance policies are a classic example of assetsthat smooth consumption. Individuals willingly pur-chase and hold them in spite of their very low ratesof return.)

To return to the original question: Are stocks thatmuch riskier than bills so as to justify a 7 percentdifferential in their rates of return?

What came as a surprise to many economists andresearchers in finance was the conclusion of aresearch paper that Prescott and I wrote in 1979.Stocks and bonds pay off in approximately the samestates of nature or economic scenarios; hence, asargued earlier, they should command approximatelythe same rate of return. In fact, using standard theoryto estimate risk-adjusted returns, we found thatstocks on average should command, at most, a 1percent return premium over bills. Because for aslong as we had reliable data (about 100 years), themean premium on stocks over bills was considerablyand consistently higher, we realized that we had apuzzle on our hands. It took us six more years toconvince a skeptical profession and for our paper (theMehra and Prescott 1985 paper) to be published.

Ex Post versus Ex AnteSome academicians and professionals hold the viewthat at present, there is no equity premium and, byimplication, no equity premium puzzle. To addressthese claims, we need to differentiate between twointerpretations of the term “equity premium.” Oneinterpretation is the ex post or realized equitypremium over long periods of time. It is the actual,historically observed difference between the returnon the market, as captured by a stock index, and therisk-free rate, as proxied by the return on T-bills.

The other definition of the equity premium is theex ante equity premium—a forward-looking measure.It is the equity premium that is expected to prevail inthe future or the conditional equity premium giventhe current state of the economy. I would argue thatit must be positive because all stocks must be held.

The relationship between ex ante and ex postpremiums is inverse. After a bull market, when stockvaluations are exceedingly high, the ex ante premiumis likely to be low, and this is precisely the time whenthe ex post premium is likely to be high. After a majordownward correction, the ex ante (expected) pre-mium is likely to be high and the realized premiumwill be low. This relationship should not come as asurprise because returns to stock have been docu-mented to be mean reverting. Over the long term, thehigh and low premiums will average out.

Which of these interpretations of the equity riskpremium is relevant for an investment advisor?Clearly, the answer depends on the planning horizon.

The historical equity premium that Prescott andI addressed in 1985 is the premium for very longinvestment horizons, 50–100 years. And it haslittle—in fact, nothing—to do with what the premiumis going to be over the next couple of years. Nobodycan tell you that you are going to get a 7 percent or 3percent or 0 percent premium next year.

The ex post equity premium is the realization of astochastic process over a certain period, and as Figure1 shows, it has varied considerably over time. Fur-thermore, the variation depends on the time horizonover which it is measured. Over this 1926–2000period, the realized equity risk premium has beenpositive and it has been negative; in fact, it hasbounced all over the place. What else would youexpect from a stochastic process in which the meanis 6 percent and the standard deviation is 20 percent?Now, note the pattern for 20-year holding periods inFigure 2. This pattern is more in tune with whatJeremy Siegel was talking about [see the “HistoricalResults” session]. You can see that over 20-year hold-ing periods, there is a nice, decent premium.

Figure 3 carries out exactly the exercise that BradCornell recommended [see the “Historical Results”session]: It looks at stock market value (MV)—thatis, the value of all the equity in the United States—asa share of National Income (NI). These series are co-integrated, so when you divide one by the other, youget a stationary process. The ratio has been as highas approximately 2 times NI and as low as approxi-mately 0.5 NI. The graph in Figure 3 represents risk.If you are looking for stock market risk, you arestaring at it right here in Figure 3. This risk is low-frequency, persistent risk, not the year-to-year vola-tility in the market. This persistence defies easy

Page 67: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 63 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 63 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Figure 1. Realized Equity Risk Premium per Year, January 1926–January 2000

Source: Ibbotson Associates (2001).

Figure 2. Mean Equity Risk Premium by 20-Year Holding Periods, January 1926–January 2000

Source: Ibbotson Associates (2001).

Equity Premium (%)

1925 20001935 1945 1955 19751965 1985 1995

Equity Premium (%)

18

15

12

9

6

3

01944 20001954 1964 1974 1984 1994

20-Year Period Ending

Page 68: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 64 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 64 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

explanation for the simple reason that if you look atcash flows over the same period of time relative toGDP, they are almost trendless. There are periods ofrelative overvaluation and periods of undervaluation,and they seem to persist over time.

When I plotted the contemporaneous equity riskpremium over the same period, the graph I got wasnot very informative, so I arbitrarily broke up the data

into periods when the market was more than 1 NIand when the market was below 1 NI. I averaged outall the wiggles in the equity premium graph, andFigure 4 shows the smoothed line overlaid on thegraph from Figure 3 of MV/NI. As you can see, whenthe market was high, the mean equity risk premiumwas low, and when the market was low, the premiumwas high.

Figure 3. U.S. Stock Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Source: Data updated from Mehra (1998).

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200033 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97

Figure 4. Mean Equity Risk Premium and Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Mean Equity Premium (%)

Mean Equity Premium (left axis)

MV/NI(right axis)

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200033 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97

Page 69: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 65 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 65 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

The mean equity risk premium three years aheadis overlaid on the graph of market value to net incomein Figure 5. (The premium corresponding to 1929 onthe dotted line represents the mean equity risk pre-mium averaged from 1929 to 1932. So, the premiumline ends three years before 2001). You can clearlysee that the mean equity risk premium is much higherwhen valuation levels are low.

I might add that the MV/NI graph is the basis ofmost of the work in finance on predicting returnsbased on price-to-dividends ratios and price-to-earnings ratios. Essentially, we have historical datafor only about two cycles. Yet, a huge amount ofresearch and literature is based on regressions runwith only these data.

A scatter diagram of MV/NI versus the meanthree-year-ahead equity risk premium is shown inFigure 6. Not much predictability exists, but therelationship is negative. (The graphs and scatter dia-grams for a similar approach but with the equity riskpremium five years ahead are similar).

Finally, Figure 7 plots mean MV/NI versus themean equity risk premium three years ahead, but Iarbitrarily divided the time into periods when MV/NIwas greater than 1 and periods when it was less than1, and I averaged the premium over the periods. Thisapproach shows, on average, some predictability:Returns are higher when markets are low relative to

GDP. But if I try to predict the equity premium over ayear, for example, the noise dominates the drift.

Operationally, because the volatility of marketreturns is 20 percent, you do not get much informationfrom knowing that the mean equity premium is 2percent rather than 6 percent. From an asset-allocation point of view, I doubt that such knowledgewould make any difference over a short time horizon—the next one or two years. The only approach thatmakes sense in this type of analysis is to estimate theequity premium over the very long horizon. The prob-lem of predicting the premium in the short run is asdifficult as predicting equity returns in the short run.Even if the conditional equity premium given currentmarket conditions is small (and the general consensusis that it is), that fact, in itself, does not imply eitherthat the historical premium was too high or that theunconditional equity premium has diminished.

Looking into the FutureIf this analysis had been done in 1928, what wouldan exercise similar to what Prescott and I did in 1985have yielded? Suppose the analysis were done for theperiod from 1889 to 1928; in 1929, the mean realreturn on the S&P 500 was 8.52 percent, the meanreal return on risk-free assets was 2.77 percent, andthus the observed mean equity premium would havebeen 5.75 percent. A theoretical analysis similar toPrescott’s and mine would have yielded a 2 percentequity premium.

Figure 5. Mean Equity Risk Premium Three Years Ahead and Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Three-Year-Ahead Mean Equity Premium (%)

Mean Equity Premium (left axis)

MV/NI(right axis)

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200135 41 47 53 59 65 71 77 83 89 95

Page 70: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 66 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM©2002, A IMR® 66 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

What could have been concluded from that infor-mation? The premium of 2 percent is the realizationof a stochastic process with a large standard deviation.If the investor of 1928 saw any pattern in the stochas-tic process, optimizing agents would have endoge-nously changed the prices. That understanding makes

it much more difficult to say we have a bubble. Whatwe see is only one realization of a stochastic process.We would ideally like to see the realizations in manydifferent, parallel universes and see how many timeswe actually came up with 2 percent and how manytimes we didn’t. However, we are constrained by real-ity and observe only one realization!

The data used to document the equity premiumare as good and clean as any economic data that I haveseen. A hundred years of economic data is a long timeseries. Before we dismiss the equity premium, notonly do we need to understand the observed phenom-ena (why an equity risk premium should exist), butwe also need a plausible explanation as to why thefuture is likely to be different from the past. Whatfactors may be important in determining the futurepremium? Life-cycle and demographic issues may beimportant, for example; the retirement of aging BabyBoomers may cause asset deflation. If so, then therealized equity premium will be low in 2010. But ifasset valuations are expected to be low in 2010, whyshould the premium not be lower now? Perhaps whatwe are seeing in the current economy is the result ofmarket efficiency taking the aging Baby Boomers intoaccount. Either we will understand why a premiumshould exist (in which case, it will persist), or if it isa statistical artifact, it should disappear now thateconomic agents are aware of the phenomenon.

Figure 6. Scatter Diagram: Mean Equity Risk Premium Three Years Ahead versus Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000 Data

Note: y = 4.7159x + 13.321.

Three-Year-AheadMean Equity Premium (%)

MV/NI0 2.50.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

Figure 7. Mean Equity Risk Premium Three Years Ahead by Time Periods and Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Note: The equity premium was averaged over time periods in which MV/NI > 1 and MV/NI < 1.

Three-Year-AheadMean Equity Premium (%)

Mean Equity Premium (left axis)

MV/NI(right axis)

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200135 41 47 53 59 65 71 77 83 89 95

Page 71: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 67 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Current Estimates and Prospects for Change IIRajnish MehraProfessor of FinanceUniversity of California, Santa BarbaraNational Bureau of Economic Research and Vega Asset Management

ajnish Mehra proposed that analyzing theequity risk premium is an exercise in forecast-ing that has little to with the academic debate

over whether the observed past excess return onequities presents a puzzle. Why is the equity premiuma puzzle?

Table 1 shows real returns for long and not-so-long periods of time for the U.S. stock market, arelatively riskless asset, and the risk premium. A realreturn on equities of about 7 percent characterizessome long time periods, including 1889–1978, aperiod that did not incorporate the recent bull mar-ket. For the 1889–2000 period, the return was 7.9percent. The standard deviation of annual returnswas about 20 percent. Moreover, as Table 2 shows,other countries have shown similar returns.

U.S. T-bills have returned about 1 percent with a4 percent standard deviation. Why are the returns onT-bills so different from those on equity? We mightsay we are looking at an aberration, but this timeseries is the best evidence we have. The differencedefies easy explanation by standard asset-pricing

models. Is it explained by risk differences? Theanswer is not clear.

Our theory tells us that assets are priced in sucha way that, ex ante, the loss in marginal utilityincurred by sacrificing current consumption to buyan asset at a certain price is equal to the expected gainin marginal utility contingent on the anticipatedincrease in consumption when the asset pays off inthe future. The emphasis here is on incremental lossor gain of utility of consumption, which should bedifferentiated from incremental consumptionbecause the same amount of consumption may result

R

Table 1. Real U.S. Equity Market and Riskless Security Returns and Equity Risk Premium, 1802–2000

Period

Mean Real Return on

Market Index

Mean RealReturn onRelatively

Riskless AssetRisk

Premium

1802–1998 7.0% 2.9% 4.1%

1889–2000 7.9 1.0 6.9

1889–1978 7.0a 0.8 6.2b

1926–2000 8.7 0.7 8.0

1947–2000 8.4 0.6 7.8aNot rounded, 6.98 percent.bNot rounded, 6.18 percent.

Sources: Data for 1802–1998 are from Siegel (1998); for 1889–2000, from Mehra and Prescott (1985).

Table 2. Real Equity and Riskless Security Returns and Equity Risk Premium: Selected Developed Markets, 1947–98

Country Period

Mean Real Return on

Market Index

Mean Real Return on Relatively

Riskless Asset Risk Premium

United Kingdom 1947–1999 5.7% 1.1% 4.6%

Japan 1970–1999 4.7 1.4 3.3

Germany 1978–1997 9.8 3.2 6.6

France 1973–1998 9.0 2.7 6.3

Sources: Data for the United Kingdom are from Siegel (1998); the remaining data are from Campbell (2002).

Page 72: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 68 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

in different degrees of well-being at different times.As a consequence, assets that pay off when times aregood and consumption levels are high—i.e., when themarginal utility of consumption is low—are lessdesirable than those that pay off an equivalentamount when times are bad and additional consump-tion is more highly valued.

This theory is readily illustrated in the context ofthe capital asset pricing model, in which good timesand bad times are captured by the return on themarket. Why do high-beta stocks yield a highexpected rate of return? A high-beta security tends topay off more when the market return is high—that is,when times are good and consumption is plentiful.Such a security provides less incremental utility thana security that pays off when consumption is low, isless valuable, and consequently, sells for less. Becauserates of return are inversely proportional to assetprices, the former class of assets will, on average, givea higher rate of return than the latter.

Another perspective emphasizes that economicagents prefer to smooth patterns of consumption overtime. Assets that pay off a relatively larger amount attimes when consumption is already high “destabi-lize” these patterns of consumption, whereas assetsthat pay off when consumption levels are low“smooth” out consumption. Naturally, the latter aremore valuable and thus require a lower rate of returnto induce investors to hold them. And such assets are

purchased despite their very low expected rates ofreturn. Insurance is an example.

What is surprising is that stocks and bonds payoff in approximately the same states of nature or eco-nomic scenarios. Hence, as Mehra argued earlier, theyshould command approximately the same rate ofreturn. Using standard theory to estimate risk-adjusted returns, Mehra and Prescott (1985) showedthat stocks, on average, should command, at most, a1 percent (100 bps) return premium over bills. Thisfinding presented a puzzle because the historicallyobserved mean premium on stocks over bills wasconsiderably and consistently higher.

The ex post excess return has varied a lot, whichis not surprising. Graphs of the annual realized excessreturn in Figure 1 and of the excess return for 20-year periods in Figure 2 show dramatic differences.

Mehra stressed that we need to distinguish the expost excess return on equity from the ex ante riskpremium. The expected equity premium must be pos-itive. Following a bull market, the ex post will be highand the ex ante will be low. Over time, they willaverage out. A conclusion for the future depends onthe planning horizon. Mehra was addressing the pre-mium for the very long term—on the order of 50–100years. In the short term, as in Figure 1, the variancein returns makes it quite impossible to come up withany reliable forecast. Figure 2 for 20-year periods,however, shows something more promising.

Figure 1. Realized Equity Risk Premium per Year, January 1926–January 2000

Source: Ibbotson Associates (2001).

Equity Premium (%)

1925 20001935 1945 1955 19751965 1985 1995

Page 73: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 69 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Mehra’s Figure 3 showed the ratio of marketvalue of equity (MV) to national income (NI) since1929, and his Figure 5 overlaid on that graph thethree-year-ahead equity premium.1 The ratio hasranged from 2 × NI to 0.5 × NI to 2.25 × NI. In Figure7, Mehra split the 1929–2000 period into

subperiods—those in which MV as a ratio of NI wasgreater than 1 and those in which it was less than1—and overlaid on that graph is the three-year-ahead mean equity premium. Figure 7 shows that wehave had two and a half cycles since 1929, and theyreveal some predictive ability: On average, whenMV/NI is low, the risk premium is high, which isuseful as a guide for the very long term.

Figure 2. Mean Equity Risk Premium by 20-Year Holding Periods, January 1926–January 2000

Source: Ibbotson Associates (2001).

Equity Premium (%)

18

15

12

9

6

3

01944 20001954 1964 1974 1984 1994

20-Year Period Ending

1 Table and figure numbers in each Summary correspond to thetable and figure numbers in the full presentation.

Figure 3. U.S. Stock Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Source: Data updated from Mehra (1998).

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200033 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97

Page 74: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 70 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Mehra suggested that individuals who are inter-ested in short-term investment planning will wish toproject the conditional equity premium over theirplanning horizon. But doing so is by no means asimple task. It is isomorphic to forecasting equityreturns. Because returns have a standard deviation of

20 percent, the noise dominates the drift. Operation-ally, how much information comes from knowing thatthe mean risk premium is 2 percent rather than 6percent when the standard deviation is 20 percent?

In conclusion, Mehra considered how the worldmust have looked to an investor at the end of 1928.

Figure 5. Mean Equity Risk Premium Three Years Ahead and Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Figure 7. Mean Equity Risk Premium Three Years Ahead by Time Periods and Market Value/National Income, January 1929–January 2000

Note: The equity premium was averaged over time periods in which MV/NI > 1 and MV/NI < 1.

Three-Year-Ahead Mean Equity Premium (%)

Mean Equity Premium (left axis)

MV/NI(right axis)

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200135 41 47 53 59 65 71 77 83 89 95

Three-Year-AheadMean Equity Premium (%)

Mean Equity Premium (left axis)

MV/NI(right axis)

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

MV/NI

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

01929 200135 41 47 53 59 65 71 77 83 89 95

Page 75: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE I I

©2002, A IMR® 71 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

The mean real return on the S&P 500 had been 8.52percent for 1889–1928, and the mean real return onrisk-free assets had been 2.77 percent, so the observedmean equity risk premium would have been 5.75percent (575 bps). An analysis similar to the Mehra–Prescott (1985) analysis, however, would have indi-cated an ex ante premium of 2.02 percent.

Is the future likely to be different from the past?To decide, we need to focus on what factors mightmake the future different. Demographic changes, forexample, could be very important. But, maybe,because of market efficiency, the market has alreadytaken into account the likely changes.

Page 76: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 72 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Current Estimates and Prospects for Change: Discussion

JOHN CAMPBELL (Moderator)

I’ll make a few remarks and then open the discussion.I would like to amplify a distinction that Raj Mehrawas making between the ex post, realized premiumover some past period and the ex ante premium thatinvestors are expecting at a single point in time. Overthe long run, these premiums have to average out tothe same level if the market has any rationality at all,but in the short run, they can move quite differently.For example, a lot of Raj’s graphs indicate that the expost and ex ante risk premiums might move in oppositedirections, and I think that concept is very importantto keep in mind. If we go through a period when theex ante premium falls (for whatever reason), thatmovement will tend to drive prices up for a given cashflow expectation, so we will see a high realized returnduring a period when the ex ante premium hasactually fallen. That is the story of the 1990s—thataverage returns were high, particularly at the end ofthe decade, because investors were willing to take onmore risk, so the required rate of return wasdeclining. Thus, we had a decline in the ex ante equitypremium at the same moment that we had very highaverage returns.

Of course, if the equity premium is estimated byuse of historical average returns, even over a periodas long as 100 years, a few good years can drive upthe long-term average considerably. For example, over100 years, a single good yearly return of 20 percentadds 20 bps to the 100-year average return. This is the

problem with estimating the equity premium fromhistorical average returns; there is so much noise, andthe average will tend to move in the wrong directionif the true ex ante premium is moving.

As a result, the methodology used by many at thisforum is to focus on valuation ratios at a single pointin time and make adjustments for growth forecasts.The methodology can be applied simply or elabo-rately. You can simply look at the earnings yield, oryou can try to adjust the yield for return on equitybeing greater than the discount rate equilibrium orTobin’s q being different from 1, which we discussedthis morning [in the “Historical Results” session]. Ithink this approach is the right way to go. If you wantto estimate the ex ante premium, you start with avaluation ratio that summarizes the current state ofthe market, make some adjustments based on yourbest judgment, and back out the ex ante premium.

The approach has two difficulties that one has toconfront. They arise from the fact that the models weare using are steady-state models that give long-termforecasts in a deterministic setting. The problem withusing a deterministic model is that you obliterate anydistinction between different kinds of averages. In arandom world, however, that distinction matters a lot.It matters to the tune of 1.5–2.0 percentage points.

The second problem is that a forecast from avaluation ratio is really the equivalent of the yield ona long-term bond. The valuation ratio produces aninfinite discounted value of future returns. You don’tnecessarily know the sequence of predicted returns.You don’t know the sequence of forward rates or theterm structure; you just have a single measure of along-term yield. So, it’s very difficult to construct orgenerate a view about the actual path that returnsmight follow.

In my work with Bob Shiller, we argue that, giventhe level of prices, this long-term yield must be verylow. But that argument is consistent with two differ-ent views about the time path. One view is that acorrection is going to occur in the short or mediumterm, followed by a return to historical norms. If youhold this view, you have to be bearish in the shortterm but you are more optimistic about returns infuture years. This outlook would be very pessimisticfor an investor who has finished accumulating wealthand wants to cash out; it would be a more optimistic

John Campbell (Moderator)Ravi BansalBradford CornellWilliam GoetzmannRoger IbbotsonMartin LeibowitzRajnish MehraThomas PhilipsWilliam Reichenstein, CFAStephen RossRobert ShillerJeremy Siegel

Page 77: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 73 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE: DISCUSSION

outlook for an investor who expects to accumulateassets over the next several decades.

The other view, which I think has some plausi-bility, is that we might see mediocre returns over thelong term because of structural changes—structuralchanges in that transaction costs have come down, thecosts of diversification have come down, investorshave learned about the equity premium puzzle, andtherefore, the ex ante premium is down and will bepermanently down. This view is less bearish in theshort term than the first view but also less optimisticin the long term.

I think Bob and I differ a little bit on this time-path issue in terms of how to chop up the long-termyield into a sequence of forecasts. Bob is probablycloser to the view that returns will be very poor inthe short term and then revert to historical norms,and I am closer to the view that there may have beena permanent structural change that will mean medi-ocre returns in the near term and the longer term.

It is hard for me to imagine a long-run equilibriumwith an equity premium relative to U.S. T-bills lessthan about 1.5 percent geometric (2.5–3.0 percentarithmetic). And I think it may take a further pricedecline to reach that long-run equilibrium. In otherwords, we are in for a short period of even lowerreturns followed by a (geometric) premium of about1.5 percent for the long term.

MARTIN LEIBOWITZ: One thing we have not talkedmuch about is that if, over time, we have more dataon earnings, price movements, and returns, what isgoing to be the catalyst for moving the risk premiumto higher or lower levels—or to a point of acceptance?Of course, one of the really great things about themarket is its ambiguity; even if you are earning dismalreturns now, the market’s volatility always allowsyou to look back at a recent period when you earnedgreat returns. But what sequence of events and flowof information would wake up market participants tosay, “Hey, a 2 percent equity risk premium? I’m notbuying for 2 percent. Give me something else. Is thereanother market I can invest in? Is there anotheradvisor out there?” This possibility is worth thinkingabout because if we make the rounds and tell ourfriends and professional colleagues, “Look, we’vefound out that the nominal, arithmetic equity riskpremium is roughly only 3.0–3.5 percent, and that’sgoing to be it, but I can give you some good news:Volatility will be relatively low, so you will really begetting a lot of return for the amount of risk you’ll betaking,” people will say, “Forget it!” I would not wantto be invested in the equity market with that sort ofoutlook. People would just run away from the equitymarket. People are thinking, hoping, and dreaming of

returns well over an equity premium of 3 percent;they are thinking of a risk premium greater than that.This kind of question is what we need to discuss.

RAJNISH MEHRA: This point is the reason thatunderstanding why we have an equity premium is soimportant. On the one hand, if there is a rationalreason for the equity premium—for instance, if inves-tors are scared of recessions and actually demand a 6percent equity premium, then I would expect a 6percent premium in the future. On the other hand, ifwe find out that investors do not actually demand thatpremium for holding stocks—that they perceivestocks, in some sense, to be not much riskier thanbonds—then, the premium will be lower. You seemto be saying that investors do perceive stocks to bemuch riskier than bonds and they do want a highpremium, in which case they will get it. If investorsrefuse to own stocks when they get only a 2 percentpremium, a repricing of assets will take place.

STEPHEN ROSS: One thing that we all agree on isthat there is enormous estimation error in figuringout the risk premium. I find it ironic that the estima-tion error in the risk premium that we agree on playsno role whatsoever in the models that we use to inferthe risk premium. It is somewhat like option pricing,where you assume you know the volatility. You lookat the option price, and then you figure out what thevolatility must be for that to be the option price. Then,you build models of what the option price should be.But estimating the risk premium is even more compli-cated, and estimation error is even more damaging.

The estimation error in estimating the risk pre-mium is huge. Over a 100-year period, the standarderror alone of the sample estimates is on the order of2–3 percent. I am not convinced by John Campbell’sargument that structural models, which are efforts toget conditional probability estimates and do a betterjob of conditioning, will improve the situation,because we have about the same volatility on ourconditional estimates. I have a very pessimistic viewof those models. They introduce other parameters,and where we had 2 percent standard errors on a fewparameters, now we have 4 percent because we havemore parameters. I’m not convinced that thisapproach will narrow down the estimate.

I am troubled by the fact that in this world ofincredible volatility, and with no real confidence inour estimations of the risk premium, we still go aheadand advise people about what to do with their port-folios. As Rajnish Mehra said, we have a strangedisconnect: The uncertainty that we all perceive inthese models plays no role in the construction of themodels. As a consequence, uncertainty plays no role

Page 78: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 74 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE: DISCUSSION

in our ability to filter from the models better esti-mates. One of the things we have to think seriouslyabout is estimation error in these models.

THOMAS PHILIPS: I share John Campbell’s viewthat, barring an unforeseen surge in productivity, weare in for a prolonged period of lower returns priorto transaction costs and fees. However, the actualreturn that will be realized by investors net of trans-action costs and fees is probably not very differentfrom the return achieved in the past. Don’t forget thatindex funds did not exist in 1926. In those days,transaction costs and fees subtracted 2–3 percenteach year from returns; today, costs have fallen by 90percent.

WILLIAM REICHENSTEIN: A number of models pre-dict returns using a dividend model. In this model,long-run return is the current dividend yield pluslong-run expected growth in dividends plus the per-centage change in price divided by the dividend mul-tiple, P/D. When predicting returns, analysts tend todrop the last term and predict the capital gains as thelong-run growth in dividends. In the correspondingearnings model, predicted return is the current divi-dend yield plus the capital gains (the long-run growthin earnings) plus the percentage change in P/E. Thathas to hold; it is a mathematical certainty.

The reason I do not like the dividend model butlike the earnings model is that we have no idea wherethe P/D multiple is going to go. Yet, the predictionsfrom the dividend model assume it will remain con-stant. I can accept that there is some normal range forthe P/E multiple, but I agree with Fisher Black thatthere is no normal range for the P/D multiple. Blacklooked at the various arguments to try to explain whycompanies pay dividends, and in the end, he threw uphis hands and said we have no idea. If we have notheory or empirical evidence to explain dividend pol-icy, then we have no reason to believe the P/D multi-ple is going to be stable. And we have no way ofpredicting it. That ratio could go to infinity. There-fore, any model that drops out that term, even for along-run analysis, may be very, very wrong.

BRADFORD CORNELL: The dividend ratio may notbe stable. In fact, we are seeing declining dividends,but you may have a constant payout ratio.

REICHENSTEIN: If we wanted to estimate the endingP/E after the next 50 years, whatever we came upwith, we might feel reasonably confident it is goingto be between 30 and 8.

ROSS: It is higher than 30 now!

REICHENSTEIN: Let’s say that something will stopthe P/E multiple from going too high or too low. Butif you ask what the ending P/D multiple will be, well,if companies keep dropping dividends, it could be abillion.

CORNELL: That is why you might want to includepayouts. Wouldn’t you think that political pressureswould arise to make sure shareholders got a certainfraction, on average, of corporate earnings? If share-holders do not get some share, they will becomedissatisfied and companies will not be able to issueequity. Corporations cannot play the game of siphon-ing off all the earnings indefinitely for executives’perks and options and so forth.

ROGER IBBOTSON: You do not have to get yourreturn through dividends. If the company is boughtout, you can get your money out. You can get yourmoney out in lots of ways other than dividends.Speaking for myself, if I had a choice, I would notwant to get any of my money out in dividends.

MEHRA: Tandy Corporation, for instance, does notpay out any dividends. It was sued by the U.S. IRS,which charged that it was helping stockholders evadetaxes. The company successfully won the case withan argument that it had a diverse group of stockhold-ers and was not acting in the interest of any particularshareholder group. A rational approach would be forshareholders, instead of receiving a dividend pay-ment, to sell shares and pay a capital gains tax whenthey want cash.

REICHENSTEIN: Yes, we do end up paying taxes. So,if you are only able to tell me that 50 years from now,the P/D multiple could be anywhere from infinity tosomething much, much lower, then that is a heck ofan estimation error.

ROSS: The interesting question being raised iswhether price to dividends is the variable you shouldbe looking at or whether we should be asking: Is therestability in price divided by total payout, includingstock repurchases, dividends, and Roger Ibbotson’ssuggestion that there is a constant probability that youwill get a cash offer for the holding? So, the totalityof all the payouts would be an interesting long-termvariable to look at that may well be quite stable.

CORNELL: There are also some monies that go theother way, however, so the effective payout rate isvery hard to compute.

REICHENSTEIN: But if you are using a model and putin the current dividend yield to project long-rungrowth and if dividends come from some historical

Page 79: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 75 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE: DISCUSSION

average, then in a period like the past 20 years (inwhich we have had this dramatic fall in dividendpayout rates and dividend yields), if you don’t includerepurchases, you have a problem. Past growth is goingto be below future growth, and the dividend modelpredictions miss this point. I think Stephen Ross issaying that dividend payouts are unstable but mightbe stable if we added back in repurchases. In my view,the dividend model is a questionable framework.

RAVI BANSAL: Both Rajnish Mehra and Bob Shillercommented on the size of the premium but didn’tcomment on, or make predictions about, the underly-ing volatility of the market portfolio. From JohnCampbell’s comment, if I am interpreting it correctly,he views the current scenario as a form of a drop inthe Sharpe ratio. Has uncertainty fallen or risen?What is happening to the Sharpe ratio?

CAMPBELL: There haven’t been any long-termtrends in the volatility of the market as a whole.Certainly, marketwide volatility fluctuates. Volatilitywas unusually low in the mid-1990s and has risen alot since then, but if you look over decades, you don’tsee any trend. The result is different when you lookat the idiosyncratic volatility measure, however,because then you do see a trend over the last threedecades. But looking marketwide, we do not seetrends. Actually this lack of trend is a puzzle becauseof the evidence that the real economy has stabilized.GDP growth seems to be less volatile. So, some peopleclaim that risk has fallen, which would justify the fallin the equity premium. Yet, we don’t see that lowervolatility when we look at short-term stock returns.The market does not appear to think that the worldis any less risky.

JEREMY SIEGEL: Could I suggest something?Because real uncertainty has declined, companies canlever up more, generate higher P/Es. The result ismaintenance of equity volatility, but it’s because of anendogenous response to the increased real stability ofthe economy. So, greater leverage and higher P/Escould be generating the same equity volatility, whichwouldn’t be a puzzle even with the more stable realeconomy.

CAMPBELL: But if companies have levered up tomaintain the same equity volatility, the equity pre-mium should not fall as a result.

SIEGEL: Yes, if you don’t take labor income beingmore stable into account as one of the factors thatmight determine risk preferences. In fact, someresearch shows that if there were more stability on

the wage side (labor income), that stability wouldgive people more incentive to buy equities.

WILLIAM GOETZMANN: Just a word on dividends:With all the studies that have looked at historicaldividend yields, the problem is that we do not knowvery much about the dividends on which the studieswere based. For data before 1926, we have the CowlesCommission (1938) information on dividends, butwhen you start reading Cowles’ footnotes, you see hehad a problem figuring out whether he was actuallyidentifying all the dividends that were being paid bythe companies.

ROBERT SHILLER: Have you solved this problem?We had the same problem.

GOETZMANN: Well, no, but we found it was a strik-ing problem. We started from the Cowles period andworked back to see if we could collect information ondividends. We have the information back to the 1820sor so, but we could be missing dividends.

SHILLER: You’re concerned that you don’t have allthe information, that you are missing a significantchunk of it?

GOETZMANN: Yes. You have a set of stocks that aresimilar to each other—their industrial characteristicsare similar, for example. One stock may be paying 8percent dividends for 10 years, but for another stock,you have no dividend information available. Are youto presume that the second stock did not pay anydividends or that your records simply do not showthe dividend? So, what we have had to resort to is toreport the high number and to report the low number.And we don’t think anybody else has ever really beenable to get any better information about dividendsthan we have. So, if we’re going to talk about modeluncertainty, let’s also talk about data uncertainty—particularly as the records go back through time.

SHILLER: Do you think that companies sometimesreported dividends to commercial and financialchronicles and at other times, misreported them ordidn’t report them at all?

GOETZMANN: Yes, that could be true.

SHILLER: Wouldn’t it have to happen on a big scaleto affect the aggregate numbers?

IBBOTSON: As you go back in time, it is not clearwho or what was getting the reports. For one periodof time, there was an official source for the NYSE, butlater, that source disappeared. It is hard enough to getactual stock price data, but it is much harder to find

Page 80: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 76 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE: DISCUSSION

out who reported dividends to whom. Therefore,dividend information comes from all sorts of sources.

GOETZMANN: So, for what it’s worth, sprinklesome more noise into this whole process. It’s a realchallenge to focus on valuation ratio regressions.We’ve been talking about valuation ratio regressionsand statistics in one form or another for eight or nineyears now, and we have all sorts of details about theeconometrics, but the real issue to me is whether wereally know what the payouts were as we push back-ward in time.

IBBOTSON: For the stock price data, we only neededto go to one (or possibly two or three) sources, but forthe dividend data, we had to go to many sources, andeven after going to many sources, we found we weregetting only some of the data. However, when we foundthe data, companies paid all their earnings out individends. They had 100 percent payout ratios in the19th century. But for the missing data—who knows.

ROSS: In this entire discussion, we are focusingentirely on the risk premium, and we have sort ofignored the other variable, volatility. What is interest-ing about volatility is that it is the one variable aboutwhich we do have confident expectations.

Volatility has two features that are curious. Onefeature is that we can actually measure volatility witha certain amount of precision; we know what volatil-ity is. Volatility is a lot less ambiguous than the equityrisk premium. We need to bring volatility to bear onsuch questions as long-run portfolio allocation prob-lems. Someone who has great estimation error aboutthe risk premium and cannot quite figure out what itis but who, nonetheless, is taking others’ advice as towhat to do, would perhaps be informed in this deci-sion by observing that we do know a lot about thepattern of volatility, we have far less estimation errorfor it, we sort of know what volatility is today, andwe have pretty good ability to predict it over fairlylong horizons. At least this person should understandthe volatility of volatility, which shows up as muchin those allocation problems as does expected return.

The second curious feature of volatility is, it seemsto me, that we can use this variable in some interestingways. Implied volatilities have been around now for20 years. I know that the week before the 1987 crash,implied volatilities went to an annualized rate of about120 percent. Prior to the current crash, implied vola-tilities again rose substantially. The cynic would say,well, implied volatility was quite high, but peopledidn’t know whether the market was going up 200points or down 200 points the next day; they just knewit was going to be a big move. But my guess is thatinvestors figured that the market wasn’t going to go

up much more; they really thought the market wasgoing to go down. It would be nice for those who aredoing the empirical work on the risk premium to havea variable that actually has expectation recorded in it.It might be fun to look at its empirical content for thepuzzles we are talking about today.

SIEGEL: I would like to add something to that com-ment. I think we know short-run volatility becausewe can measure it using options, most of which arevery short term. But the question of long-run volatil-ity depends very much on the degree of mean rever-sion, which is very important for long-term investorsand is, as we all know, subject to great debate.

ROSS: Actually, I suspect long-term volatility is sub-ject to less debate than long-run returns. For short-run volatility, even for an option one year out, withpretty good liquidity, you can start to see reversion—pretty clear reversion—one year out.

SIEGEL: But we don’t have 10-year, or 20-year, or 30-year options, which might be very important forlonger-term investors.

ROSS: Volatility is a lot better measure than returns,for which we have nothing that tells us anythingabout the short term or the long term.

SHILLER: I want to remind you of the very interest-ing discussion in Dick Thaler’s talk this morningabout perceived volatility [See the “Theoretical Foun-dations” session]. We seem to be forgetting about thedistinction between the actual and the perceived riskpremium. When Marty Leibowitz was saying thatpeople would not be interested in stocks with anequity premium of 1.5 percent, he may have beenassuming that the perceived volatility was very high.Dick was saying that it is the presentation to thegeneral public that affects the public’s perception ofvolatility. His research disclosed a very strikingresult, which is that when you present investors withhigh-frequency data, they have a much different per-ception of what the data are saying than when youpresent them with less-frequent—say, annual—data.And the way the data are being presented is changing.When I walk down the street now, I can look up at abank sign that alternates between time, temperature,and the Nasdaq.

LEIBOWITZ: I have a couple of comments. First, ifyou had a volatility estimate that you could live withand you had actual asset allocations that were stableand common—most asset allocations, at least by insti-tutional investors, are surprisingly stable andcommon—you could (theoretically) clearly back out

Page 81: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 77 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

CURRENT ESTIMATES AND PROSPECTS FOR CHANGE: DISCUSSION

from those variables the implied risk premium. No bigchallenge. At least, you could back out mean–varianceestimates. Of course, the question is: What kind of timehorizon would you be looking at? The horizon wouldbe the critical ingredient. If you were looking over along enough time horizon, the risk premium could be0.1 percent. If you were looking over a short horizon,the risk premium could be something enormous.

Robert Merton wanted me to introduce alongthese lines the Zvi Bodie construct.1 Bodie says thatthe kind of option you would have to buy as you goout to very long horizons is very different, in termsof the Sharpe ratio, from a short-horizon option; it isa very expensive option. That reality has to tell yousomething.

The other thing that I want to mention is that theissue of equilibrium payout ratios is very important.The question is: When an equilibrium is reached, atwhich point earnings are growing at either thegrowth rate of the economy or near that rate (i.e., thatrate is your stable equilibrium view), then in termsof dividends, how much of a company’s aggregate

earnings have to be put back into the company tosustain that growth? This is the critical question. Allelse would then follow from the answer. It’s surpris-ing that this issue has not been much addressed, asfar as I know, even from a macro level.

PHILIPS: There is a pragmatic solution to the ques-tion that Stephen Ross and Jeremy Siegel raised. Wehave about 20 years of option data, so you mightconstruct the volatility data going back 20 years, andyou could explore the fact that as you sample fasterand faster, the estimates of volatility get sharper andsharper. Just take a perfect-foresight model: Assumeit’s 1920, and you’re going to assume that the world isrational and that the forecasted volatility would havebeen the volatility that was actually realized over 1921,or 1921–1925, or whatever years you want to use.From those data, you could impute a data series goingback in time and then try to do the appropriate tests.Cliff Asness has a very nice paper in the FinancialAnalysts Journal that explores this approach (2000b).Cliff looks at historical volatility and then backs outfuture returns as a function of historical volatility.1 Robert Merton was invited to attend but could not.

Page 82: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 78 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Implications for Asset Allocation, Portfolio Management, and Future Research IRobert D. ArnottFirst Quadrant, L.P.Pasadena, California

have to begin by offering profuse apologies. Youare seasoned, very capable academics, and I’mnot. I’m just a practitioner and an empiricist. So,

we’re going to focus on practice and empiricism inthis presentation and stay far away from the theoryrelated to the equity risk premium.

History versus ExpectationsFirst, I want to emphasize an observation that anumber of speakers have made: Much of the dialogueabout the risk premium is very confused because thesame term, “risk premium,” is used for two radicallydifferent concepts. One is the historical excess returnof stocks relative to bonds or cash, and the other isthe prospective risk premium for stocks relative tobonds on an ex ante basis, without any assumptionsabout changes in valuation levels. The two conceptsare totally different, should be treated separately, and,I think, should carry separate labels. Excess returnsmeasure past return differences. The risk premiummeasures prospective return differences. I wish theindustry would migrate to using different terms forthese two radically different concepts.

A quick observation: If you are a bond investorand you see bond yields drop from 10 percent to 5percent, and in that context, you have earned a 20percent return, do you look at those numbers and say,“My expectation of 10 percent was too low. I have toratchet my expectation higher. I’ll expect 12–15 per-cent”? Of course not. The reaction by the bond inves-tor is, “Thank you very much for my 20 percentreturns; now, I’ll reduce my expectation to 5 percent.”If the earnings yield on stocks falls from 10 percentto 5 percent, however, what is the investment com-munity’s response when they see the 20 percentreturn? They say, “Our expectations were too low!Let’s raise our expectations for the future.”

My impression of the discussion we have beenhaving today is that the reaction in this room wouldbe absolutely unanimous in saying the portion ofreturn attributable to the drop in the earnings yield(earnings to price) or the drop in the dividend yieldcan and should be backed out of the historical returnin shaping expectations. I haven’t heard a lot of dis-cussion of the fact—and I think it is a fact—that adrop in the earnings yield should have a second-stageimpact. The first stage is to say 10 percentage points(pps) of the return came from falling earnings yields;therefore, let’s back that out. The second stage is that

A practitioner’s empirical approach toestimating prospective (expected)equity risk premiums does not bodewell for finding alpha through con-ventional U.S. equity allocations. Inthe United States and the UnitedKingdom, real earnings and real divi-dends have been growing materiallyslower than real GDP. Based on empir-ical evidence, if today’s dividend yieldis 1.7 percent and growth in realdividends is about 2.0 percent, cumu-lative real return on stocks will beabout 3.7 percent. With a 3.4 percentreal yield on bonds available, the exante risk premium all but disappears.Perhaps most troubling in the empiri-cal evidence is the 60 percent nega-tive correlation between payoutratios and subsequent 10-year earn-ings growth. With current payoutratios close to 40 percent, the implica-tion for earnings growth over thecoming decade is a rate of about –2percent. When an assumed negativeearnings growth rate is combinedwith an assumed zero risk premium,we have a serious problem.

I

Page 83: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 79 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

the fall in the earnings yield should produce a haircutin future expectational returns. I don’t hear this con-cept out in the marketplace, and I don’t hear it muchin the academic community either.

Strategic Implications of Lower ReturnsLet’s begin with the hypothesis that the riskpremium, the forward-looking premium, on U.S.stocks is now zero. Please accept that supposition forthe next few minutes. If the risk premium is zero,what is the implication for asset allocation policy? Inthe past, the policy allocation to stocks and fixedincome was the king of asset management decisions.It was the number one decision faced by any U.S.institutional investor—indeed, any investor in gen-eral. The reason was that more stocks meant morerisk and more return.

The fiduciary’s number one job was to gauge therisk tolerance of the investment committee and topush the portfolio as far into stocks as that risktolerance would permit. If that job was done cor-rectly, the fiduciaries had succeeded in their primaryresponsibility. But if stock, bond, and cash realreturns are similar, if the risk premium is approxi-mately zero, then it doesn’t matter whether you havea 20/80 equity/debt or an 80/20 equity/debt alloca-tion. It does affect your risk and your year-by-yearreturns, but it doesn’t affect your long-term returns.So, if the risk premium is zero, this fundamentalpolicy decision is radically less important than it hasever been in the past.

As for rebalancing, the empirical data support thenotion that rebalancing can produce alpha, but we donot have a lot of empirical data to support the notionthat rebalancing adds value. History suggests thatrebalancing boosts risk-adjusted returns, but it some-times costs money. Rebalancing produces alpha byreducing risk, and in the long term, it typically addssome value in addition to risk reduction. Now, sup-pose we are in a world in which there is no riskpremium and in which stocks and bonds have theirown cycles, their own random behavior. If that behav-ior contains any pattern of reversion to any sort ofmean, rebalancing suddenly can become a source notonly of alpha but also of actual added value—spend-able added value.

In the past, tactical asset allocation (TAA) pro-vided large alpha during periods of episodic highreturns but did not necessarily provide large addedvalue. So, the actual, live experience of TAA in thechoppy, see-saw market of the 1970s was awesome.In the choppy bull market of the 1980s, value addedfrom TAA was not awesome but was still impressive.

In the relentless bull market of the 1990s, the valueadded from TAA was nonexistent. Alpha was cer-tainly still earned in the 1990s (a fact overlooked bymany), but it came mostly from reduced risk. If weare moving into markets like those of the 1970s, thenTAA certainly merits another look.

What about the strategic implications of lowerreturns for pension funds? If conventional returns lagactuarial returns, then funding ratios are not whatthey seem. I did a simple analysis of funding ratiosfor the Russell 3000 Index and found that for every 1pp by which long-term returns fall short relative toactuarial returns, the true earnings of U.S. pensionassets fall by $20 billion. If, as I believe is the case,long-term returns are going to be about 3 pps belowlong-term actuarial assumptions, pension fund earn-ings will be $60 billion less than what is beingreported, and this shortfall will need to be made upat some later date.

In a world of lower returns, if you don’t believein efficient markets, alpha matters more than everbefore. If you do believe in efficient markets, theavoidance of negative alpha by not playing the activemanagement game matters more than ever.

Now, a truism would be that conventional port-folios will produce conventional returns. That is fineif conventional returns are 15 percent a year, as theywere for the 18 years through 1999. In a marketenvironment of 15 percent annual returns, another1 pp in the quest for alpha doesn’t matter that muchto the board of directors, although it does make amaterial difference to the health of the fund. How-ever, if the market environment is producing only 3–4 percent real returns for stocks and bonds, another1 pp matters a lot.

What investments would be expected to consis-tently add value in a world of lower expected returns?“Conventional” alternative investments may or maynot produce added value. Private equity and venturecapital rely on a healthy equity market for exit strat-egies. They need a healthy equity market to issuetheir IPOs (initial public offerings). Without ahealthy equity market, private equity and venturecapital are merely high-beta equity portfolios that cansuffer seriously in the event of any sort of reversionto the historical risk premium. International equitiesand bonds may have slightly better prospects thanU.S. equities and bonds, but not much better.

Strategies well worth a look are the eliminationof slippage, through the use of passive or tacticalrebalancing, and cash equitization. If the equity riskpremium is lost, then alternative assets whosereturns are uncorrelated with the U.S. equity market

Page 84: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 80 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

will absolutely produce added value. Uncorrelatedalternatives include TIPS,1 real estate, REITs (realestate investment trusts), natural resources, and com-modities. Absolute return strategies (market-neutralor long–short strategies and other hedge fund strate-gies) will also absolutely produce added value—if youcan identify strategies that ex ante have an expectationof alpha. These approaches are, more than anythingelse, bets on skill and bets on inefficient markets. So,the investment strategies that will work in a world oflower returns differ greatly from the conventions thatare driving most institutional investing today.

These reflections are from the vantage point of apractitioner. Much of what I’ve said makes the tacitassumption that markets are quite meaningfully inef-ficient, so these comments might be viewed with ajaundiced eye by a group that accepts market effi-ciency. Now, let’s turn from practice to empiricism.

Empirical Experience The Ibbotson data going back 75 years show about an8 percent cumulative real return for stocks (seeIbbotson Associates 2001). Starting at the end of1925 with a 5.4 percent dividend yield, the valuationattached to each dollar of dividends quadrupled in the75-year span. That increase translated into nearly a2 percent a year increase in the price/dividendvaluation multiple—hence, 2 pp of the 8 percent realreturn. I think nearly everyone in this room wouldfeel comfortable backing this number out of thereturns in shaping expectations for the future. Overthe 75-year period, real dividends grew at a rate of 1percent a year. So, over the past 75 years, stocksproduced an 8.1 percent real return. The real yield atthe start of this period was 3.7 percent. (I say “real”yield because the United States was still on a goldstandard in 1925; inflation expectations were thuszero. Bonds yielded 3.7 percent, and bond investorsexpected to earn that 3.7 percent in real terms.)Bonds depreciated as structural inflation came ontothe scene. So, stocks earned a cumulative 4.7 percentreal return in excess of the real return earned bybonds over the same period.

What does the future have in store for us fromour vantage point now in the fall of 2001? Table 1contains the Ibbotson data and our analysis of theprospects from October 2001 forward. We’ll startwith a simple model to calculate real returns forstocks:

Real stock return= Dividend yield + Dividend growth + Changes in valuation levels.

In October 2001, the dividend yield is roughly 1.7percent. If we assume that stock buybacks acceleratethe past growth in real dividends, we can double theannual growth rate in real dividends observed overthe past 75 years to 2 percent. Those two variablesgive us a 3.7 percent expected annual real return.TIPS are currently producing a 3.4 percent annualreal return. Thus, the expected risk premium is, inthis analysis, 0.3 pp, plus or minus an unspecifieduncertainty, which I would argue is meaningful butnot huge.

Why was the historical growth in real dividends(from 1926 through 2000) only 1 percent a year? Diddividends play less of a role in the economy? Werecorporate managers incapable of building their com-panies in line with the economy? I don’t believe eitherwas the reason. The explanation hinges on the roleof entrepreneurial capitalism as a diluting force in thegrowth of the underlying engines for valuation—thatis, earnings and dividends of existing enterprises.The growth of the economy consists of growth inexisting enterprises and the creation of new enter-prises. A dollar invested in the former is not investedin the latter. Figure 1 shows real GDP growth, realearnings per share (EPS) growth, and real dividendsper share (DPS) growth since January 1970. Over thepast 30 years, until the recent earnings downturn,real earnings have almost kept pace with real GDP

1 TIPS are Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities; these securitiesare now called Treasury Inflation-Indexed Securities.

Table 1. The Ibbotson Data Revisited and Prospects for the Future

Component75 Years Starting December 1925

Prospects from October 2001

Starting dividend yield 5.4% 1.7%

Growth in real dividends 1.0 2.0

Change in valuation levelsa 1.7 ???

Cumulative real return 8.1 ±3.7

Less starting bond real yield 3.7c 3.4d

Less bond valuation changeb –0.4 ???

Cumulative risk premium 4.7 ±0.3a Yields went from 5.4 percent to 1.4 percent, representing a 2.1 percent increase in the price/dividend valuation level.b Bond yields went from 3.7 percent to 5.5 percent, representing a 0.3 percent annualized drop in long bond prices.c A 3.7 percent yield, less an assumed 1926 inflation expectation of zero.d The yield on U.S. government inflation-indexed bonds.

Source: Based on Ibbotson Associates (2001) data.

Page 85: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 81 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

growth. However, this pattern has occurred in thecontext of earnings as a share of the macroeconomyrising from below historical norms to above historicalnorms, including a huge boom in the 1990s. From theline of best fit, we can see that the growth trend inreal earnings and real dividends is materially slowerthan the growth in the economy.

Is the picture different in Canada? Yes, it is. Fig-ure 2 illustrates that real earnings and real dividendson an indexed portfolio of Canadian equities haveactually shrunk while real GDP has grown, producinga bigger gap between the series than we find in theUnited States. Why did this happen? In Canada, thefundamental nature of the economy has evolved in thepast 30 years from resource driven to information andservices driven.

The experience of the United Kingdom, wherereal earnings and real dividends grew materiallyslower than real GDP, has been similar to that of theUnited States. The experience of Japan has beenrather more like Canada’s. Japan, like Canada, is afundamentally restructured economy. The result isthat over the past 30 years, entrepreneurial capital-ism in Japan has had a larger dilutive effect on share-holders in existing enterprises than it has in theUnited States.

Table 2 shows, for the period from 1970 through2000, the average growth of the four countries in real

GDP, real EPS, real DPS, and average real EPS plusreal DPS; Table 2 also shows the combined averagesfor each country and for all four countries groupedtogether. The general pattern is clear: Entrepreneur-ial capitalism is the dominant source of GDP growth,so it dilutes the growth of earnings for investors inexisting enterprises.

We can look back over a much longer span for theU.S. market, from 1802 to 2001. Figure 3 graphs thegrowth of $100 invested in U.S. stocks at the begin-ning of the 200-year period. Assuming dividends arereinvested, the $100 would have grown to more than$600 million by December 2001—a nice appreciationin any portfolio. By removing the effects of inflationand reinvestment of dividends, we can isolate theinternal growth delivered by the existing companies.When the effect of inflation is removed, the endingvalue drops to $30 million. And when the assumptionof reinvested dividends is removed, the ending valueis reduced to a mere $2,000.

Figure 4 illustrates the link between real growthin stock value and economic growth. Real GDP growthincreased 1,000-fold over the 1802–2001 period, realstock prices increased some 20-fold, and real per cap-ita GDP growth similarly increased about 20-fold.

We can now assess the underlying engines ofvaluation. We’ll examine the real dividend (you coulddo the same thing with real earnings). As Figure 5

Figure 1. GDP, EPS, and DPS: United States, January 1970–January 2001

Note: Triangles identify exponentially fitted lines.

Source: Data from Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

Real GDP Real EPS Real DPS

January 1970 = 100

240

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

6070 0172 74 76 78 80 82 82 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 00

Page 86: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 82 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

shows, real dividend growth matches very closely thegrowth in real per capita GDP. The implication is thatthe internal growth of a company is largely a matterof productivity growth in the economy and is, in fact,far slower than the conventional view—that divi-dends grow at the same rate as GDP.

Now we are ready to model and estimate real stockreturns. In Figure 6, the dashed line represents thedilution of GDP growth in the growth of dividends.Growth in dividends tracks growth in real per capitaGDP (the dotted line) remarkably tightly; the stan-dard deviation is very modest—only 0.5 percent. Thisrelationship is astonishingly stable. On a 40-yearbasis, the deviation is never above +0.1 percent andnever below –1.6 percent. Moreover, current experi-ence is in line with historical norms, despite anec-

dotal opinions that companies are delivering less individends than ever before.

A model that estimates real stock returns is usefulonly if its estimates actually fit subsequent experi-ence. Figure 7 is a scattergram providing the correla-tion between estimated and subsequent actual 10-year real stock returns. The correlation between thetwo is approximately 0.46 for the full period and farhigher since World War II. The current figure for thereal stock return is down in the 2–4 percent range. Ofcourse, what the subsequent actual real return willbe is anybody’s guess, but I am not optimistic.

The same type of modeling can be done to esti-mate the real bond return. An inflation estimate canbe subtracted from the nominal bond yield to arriveat an estimated real bond return. How do the

Figure 2. GDP, EPS, and DPS: Canada, January 1970–January 2001

Note: Triangles identify exponentially fitted lines.

Source: OECD.

Table 2. Growth in GDP, EPS, DPS, and EPS + DPS, January 1970–January 2001

Measure Canada JapanUnited

KingdomUnited States Average

Real GDP 2.7% 3.1% 2.4% 2.0% 2.5%

Real EPS –1.4 –3.8 1.3 1.3 –0.6

Real DPS –0.8 –1.6 2.0 1.0 0.1

Average real EPS + real DPS –1.1 –2.7 1.6 1.1 –0.3

Average EPS + DPS growth as a percentage of GDP

–41.0 –87.0 67.0 57.0 –11.0

Source: OECD; Morgan Stanley Capital International.

Real GDP Real EPS Real DPS

January 1970 = 100

300

250

150

200

100

50

070 0172 74 76 78 80 82 82 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 00

Page 87: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 83 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

estimates calculated by this model fit with the subse-quent real bond returns? As Figure 8 shows, over a200-year span, they fit pretty darned well. The loopsoff to the left relate to wartime. In several periods—the Civil War, World War I, World War II—investorswere content to receive a negative expected realreturn for bonds, which can perhaps be attributed topatriotism. The country survived, so the real returnsexceeded the expectations.

By taking the difference between the estimatedreal stock return and the estimated real bond yield,

you get an objective estimate of what the forward-looking equity risk premium might have been forinvestors who chose to go through this sort ofstraightforward analysis at the various historicalpoints in time. As shown in Figure 9, the ex ante riskpremium of 5 percent, considered normal by many inthe investment business, actually appears only duringmajor wars, the Great Depression, and their after-maths.

How good is the fit between this estimated riskpremium and subsequent 10-year excess returns of

Figure 3. Return from Inflation and Dividends, 1802–2001

Notes: The “Real Stock Price Index” is the internal growth of real dividends—that is, the growth that an index fund would expect to see in its own real dividends in the absence of additional investments, such as reinvestment of dividends.

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Figure 4. The Link between Stock Prices and Economic Growth, 1802–2001

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

U.S. Dollar

1,000,000,000

10,000,000

100,000,000

1,000,000

100,000

10,000

1,000

100

101802 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Stock Total Return

Real Stock Return

Real Stock Price Index

U.S. Dollar

100,000

10,000

1,000

100

101802 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Real GDP Growth

Real Per Capita GDP Growth

Real Stock Price Index

Page 88: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 84 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

stocks over bonds? Figure 10 shows that the fit isfairly good, which is worrisome in light of the poorcurrent outlook. The current point on the x-axis(when this particular formulation is used) is about–0.5 percent. The implications for forward-looking10-year real excess returns of stocks relative to bonds

are worrisome—if this model holds in the future, ifthings are not truly different this time.

Figure 11 is a scattergram that relates the payoutratio to subsequent 10-year earnings growth from1950 through 1991. This information ties in withCliff Asness’s talk [in the “Theoretical Foundations”

Figure 5. Dividends and Economic Growth, 1802–2001

Notes: Real dividends were multiplied by 10 to bring the line visually closer to the others; the result is that on those few occasions when the price line and dividend line touch, the dividend yield is 10 percent.

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Figure 6. Estimating Real Stock Returns, 1810–2001

Notes: Based on rolling 40-year numbers. Real stock return = Dividend yield + Per capita GDP growth – Dividend/GDP dilution. The line “Dilution of GDP Growth in Dividends” indicates how much less rapidly dividends (and earnings) on existing enterprises can grow than the economy at large.

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

U.S. Dollar

10,000

1,000

100

101802 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Real Dividends × 10

Real Per Capita GDP Growth

Real Stock Price Index

Percent

15

12

9

6

3

0

31810 1830 1850 1870 1890 1910 1930 1950 1970 1990 2000

Estimated Real Stock ReturnDividend Yield Dilution of GDP Growth in Dividends

Real Per Capita GDP Growth

Page 89: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 85 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

session]. Modigliani and Miller would suggest that ifpayout ratios are low (see Modigliani and Miller1958), the reinvestment averaged across the marketshould produce the same market return that onecould get by receiving those dividends and reinvestingthem in the market. The tangible evidence is notencouraging. (Keep in mind that the M&M focus iscross-sectional, not intertemporal, so what I’ve justsaid is a variant of Modigliani and Miller’s work, butit is a widely cited variant. M&M’s work is frequentlyreferred to in making the case that earnings growth

is going to be faster than ever before.) Based on Figure11, the correlation between payout ratios and subse-quent 10-year earnings growth is a negative 0.60—which is worrisome. With recent payout ratios wellbelow 40 percent, the implication for earnings growthis a rate of about –2 percent or worse, from the 2000earnings peak, over the coming decade. If we combinean assumed negative earnings growth rate with anassumed zero risk premium, I believe that we have aserious problem.

Figure 7. Estimated and Subsequent Actual Real Stock Returns, 1802–2001

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Subsequent Real Stock Return (%)

25

20

15

10

5

0

52 164 6 8 10 12 14

Estimated Real Stock Return (%)

Figure 8. Estimated and Subsequent Actual Real Bond Yields, 1802–2001

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Subsequent Real Bond Return (%)

Estimated Real Bond Return (%)

Figure 9. Estimating the Equity Risk Premium, 1810–2001

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Estimated Real Return (%) Estimated Risk Premium (%)

Estimated Real Stock Return(left axis)

Estimated Real Bond Yield(left axis)

15

10

5

0

5

10

15

25

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

51810 1830 1850 1870 1890 1910 1930 1950 1970 1990 2000

20Estimated Risk Premium

(right axis)

Page 90: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 86 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Figure 10. Risk Premium and Subsequent 10-Year Excess Stock Returns: Correlations, 1810–1991

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

25

20

10

0

10 4 0 4 8 12 16

Estimated Risk Premium (%)

Figure 11. Payout Ratio and Subsequent 10-Year Earnings Growth, 1950–91

Subsequent 10-Year Earnings Growth Rate (%)

Payout Ratio (%)

35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70

0

Page 91: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 87 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Implications for Asset Allocation, Portfolio Management, and Future Research IRobert D. ArnottFirst Quadrant, L.P.Pasadena, California

obert Arnott began with an emphasis onpractice and empiricism, as opposed to theory.He urged the use of the terms “equity excess

return” for the past and “equity risk premium” for thefuture.

We have seen a decline in bond yields. Does thisdecline portend an increase or a decrease in bondreturns? And we have seen a decline in stock earningsyields (earnings to price). Does this decline portendan increase or decrease in stock returns? The partic-ipants in the Equity Risk Premium Forum would all,he believes, when shaping expectations, back out theportion of return attributable to the drop in earningsor dividend yield from the historical return. But hehad not heard much discussion of the fact that a dropin earnings yield should have a second-stage impact—a haircut in expected returns accompanying the fallin earnings yield.

Arnott estimated an ex ante risk premium at thepresent time of zero. In this case, the old policy ofbalancing risk and return no longer works. Rebalanc-ing used to recognize that more stock meant more riskand more return. So, fiduciaries gauged the risk tol-erance of the investment committee and pushed theportfolio as far into stocks as that risk tolerancewould permit. If the return expectations for stocksand bonds are similar, the policy asset allocationmatters in terms of risk but not in terms of returnsand the allocation decision is far less critical than itwas in the past.

Strategic ImplicationsHistorically, rebalancing has produced an alpha byreducing risk. Over long periods, it produced a littleextra return. Now, with no risk premium, with any

pattern of reversion to a mean for stocks and forbonds, rebalancing can boost returns.

Tactical asset allocation achieved episodicreturns that conveyed a large alpha in the turbulent1970s and 1980s but did not necessarily add value inthe roaring bull market of the 1990s, although it couldreduce risk. If the U.S. market is headed for a repeatof the 1970s, then TAA may be especially worthwhilein the near future.

What about strategic implications for pensionfunds? If conventional returns lag actuarial esti-mates, which is likely, then current funding ratios aremisleading, contributions will have to catch up, andalpha matters. In a world of lower returns, an empha-sis on such alternative investments as private equitymay be appealing, but to the extent that this emphasisrelies on a strong equity market for an exit strategy,it may not be so attractive. International stocks andbonds may be attractive, but the expected returnsthere will also be low. Rebalancing and cash equitiza-tion are worth a look. Uncorrelated alternatives suchas TIPS, real estate, REITs (real estate investmenttrusts), and commodities will be promising.1 Abso-lute return strategies may be seen as more importantin inefficient markets. There will be increasedsearching for inefficiencies by active managers andincreased searching for avoidance of negative alphaby those who believe in market efficiency.

Empirical ResultsTurning from practice to empiricism, Arnott’s Table1 showed the Ibbotson data together with theprospects based on our current situation. Startingwith a dividend yield of 5.4 percent, the U.S. equitymarket has seen an approximately 8 percent com-pounded real return on stocks over the past 75 years.The change in the price/dividend valuation ratioadded 1.7 percent, which should be backed out of thereturns for forecasting purposes. Note that realdividends grew at a scant 1 percent. The initial realbond yield in 1925 was 3.7 percent, and because it

R

1 TIPS are Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities; these securitiesare now called Treasury Inflation-Indexed Securities.

Page 92: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 88 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

was the quoted bond yield, investors had no reasonto expect that inflation would matter. So, the excessreturn of equities over bonds was close to 5 percent.Now, we are looking at a 1.7 percent starting dividendyield, roughly a 2 percent growth in real dividends,and probably no increase in valuation levels—for a

total prospective real return of about 3.7 percent.Subtracting a 3.4 percent real bond yield (e.g., theTIPS yield) produces a 0.3 percent (30 bps)cumulative risk premium plus or minus some smallstandard deviation.

Why did dividends grow at only 1 percent in thepast? Looking at the Figure 1 graph of real GDP, realEPS, and real dividends per share (DPS), we can seethat earnings have almost kept pace with GDPgrowth—but in the context of going from a small shareof the national economy to a large share. Entrepre-neurial capitalism dilutes the growth experienced byinvestors in existing enterprises. The trend in divi-dend growth is well below that of GDP. Over theperiod January 1970 to January 2001, real GDPgrowth was fairly steady. Real earnings growth andreal dividend growth followed slower trends and werequite irregular, with relatively high earnings growthsince about 1995. The relative growth in GDP, equityearnings, and dividends has been similar in the UnitedKingdom to that in the United States. In Canada andJapan, however, the trend in earnings and dividendshas been down, not up, over the past 30 years.

Turning to the 200-year history beginning in1802, Arnott’s Figure 3 indicated that $100 investedin stocks in 1802 would have grown, with dividendsreinvested, to nearly $1 billion in 200 years.2 In real

Table 1. The Ibbotson Data Revisited and Prospects for the Future

Component75 Years Starting December 1925

Prospects from October 2001

Starting dividend yield 5.4% 1.7%

Growth in real dividends 1.0 2.0

Change in valuation levelsa 1.7 ???

Cumulative real return 8.1 ±3.7

Less starting bond real yield 3.7c 3.4d

Less bond valuation changeb –0.4 ???

Cumulative risk premium 4.7 ±0.3

a Yields went from 5.4 percent to 1.4 percent, representing a 2.1 percent increase in the price/dividend valuation level.b Bond yields went from 3.7 percent to 5.5 percent, representing a 0.3 percent annualized drop in long bond prices.c A 3.7 percent yield, less an assumed 1926 inflation expectation of zero.d The yield on U.S. government inflation-indexed bonds.

Source: Based on Ibbotson Associates (2001) data.

2 Table and figure numbers in each Summary correspond to thetable and figure numbers in the full presentation.

Figure 1. GDP, EPS, and DPS: United States, January 1970–January 2001

Note: Triangles identify exponentially fitted lines.

Source: Data from Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

Real GDP Real EPS Real DPS

January 1970 = 100

240

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

6070 0172 74 76 78 80 82 82 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 00

Page 93: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 89 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

terms, however, the ending amount is $30 million,and when we look at the index alone, without divi-dend reinvestment, the $100 rose barely above$1,000.

Real dividends have trailed per capita GDPgrowth. Figure 4 indicated that, in this time frame,an index of real stock prices tracked real per capitaGDP growth rather well in the United States,although the index persistently trailed aggregate GDPgrowth for the 200 years.

Figure 6 provided a basis for modeling and esti-mating real stock returns. Real per capita GDPgrowth and dilution of GDP growth in dividends areboth remarkably stable and closely parallel. The noteto Figure 6 provides Arnott’s equation for estimatingreal stock returns. This equation can also be used forthe more recent subperiod of 1950–2001 to forecastfuture real stock returns. A similarly simple modelcan be used to estimate future real bond returns.

Figure 9 showed the results of using these simplemodels to estimate the real stock return, real bondyield, and equity risk premium (what might be calledthe “objective risk premium”) year-by-year from 1810to 2001. The risk premium rarely rose above 5 per-cent, only at the times of the Civil War, World War I,

the Great Depression, and World War II. The pre-mium is currently at or below zero.

During previous discussion of the Miller andModigliani propositions, Arnott had commented thatempirical evidence was not consistent with M&M. Inthis presentation, he showed the Figure 11 plot of thepayout ratio against subsequent 10-year earningsgrowth. Noting that M&M dealt with cross-sectional,not time-series, propositions and that he was showingtime-series evidence, Arnott pointed out that highearnings retention (low payout) led not to higherearnings growth but to lower growth, a source of someconcern.

Summary ImplicationsThe implications of lower expected returns for policyallocation are as follows: In the past, the choicebetween stocks and fixed income was the essence ofthe policy asset-allocation decision. More stocksmeant more risk and more return. For the future, withprospective stock and bond returns similar, policyallocation is no longer “king.” If real earnings fall, asthe empirical evidence on payout ratios suggests, orif valuation ratios “revert to the mean,” then thesituation is even worse.

Figure 3. Return from Inflation and Dividends, 1802–2001

Notes: The “Real Stock Price Index” is the internal growth of real dividends—that is, the growth that an index fund would expect to see in its own real dividends in the absence of additional investments, such as reinvestment of dividends.

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

U.S. Dollar

1,000,000,000

10,000,000

100,000,000

1,000,000

100,000

10,000

1,000

100

101802 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Stock Total Return

Real Stock Return

Real Stock Price Index

Page 94: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 90 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Figure 4. The Link between Stock Prices and Economic Growth, 1802–2001

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Figure 6. Estimating Real Stock Returns, 1810–2001

Notes: Based on rolling 40-year numbers. Real stock return = Dividend yield + Per capita GDP growth – Dividend/GDP dilution. The line “Dilution of GDP Growth in Dividends” indicates how much less rapidly dividends (and earnings) on existing enterprises can grow than the economy at large.

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

U.S. Dollar

100,000

10,000

1,000

100

101802 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000

Real GDP Growth

Real Per Capita GDP Growth

Real Stock Price Index

Percent

15

12

9

6

3

0

31810 1830 1850 1870 1890 1910 1930 1950 1970 1990 2000

Estimated Real Stock ReturnDividend Yield Dilution of GDP Growth in Dividends

Real Per Capita GDP Growth

Page 95: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I

©2002, A IMR® 91 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Figure 9. Estimating the Equity Risk Premium, 1810–2001

Source: Arnott and Bernstein (2002).

Figure 11. Payout Ratio and Subsequent 10-Year Earnings Growth, 1950–91

Estimated Real Return (%) Estimated Risk Premium (%)

Estimated Real Stock Return(left axis)

Estimated Real Bond Yield(left axis)

15

10

5

0

5

10

15

25

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

51810 1830 1850 1870 1890 1910 1930 1950 1970 1990 2000

20Estimated Risk Premium

(right axis)

Subsequent 10-Year Earnings Growth Rate (%)

Payout Ratio (%)

35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70

0

Page 96: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 92 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Implications for Asset Allocation, Portfolio Management, and Future Research IICampbell HarveyDuke University, Durham, North CarolinaNational Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts

fter everything that has been said today, it isa challenge to make a unique contribution. Wehave heard how difficult it is to get a measure

of expectations in terms of the equity risk premium,and what I am going to present is an approach tomeasuring expectations that is different from thosethat have been discussed.

For the past five years, John Graham and I, inconjunction with Financial Executives International,have been conducting a survey of chief financial offic-ers of U.S. corporations about their estimates of future

equity risk premiums and volatility.1 Beginning in thesecond quarter of 2000 and, so far, extending into thethird quarter of 2001, we have analyzed the more than1,200 responses from the CFOs. Only 6 observationswill appear in the graphs, but each observation isbased on approximately 200 observations.

We know from other surveys that have been donethat CFOs do actually think about the risk premiumproblem. We know that 75 percent of corporate finan-cial executives—treasurers and CFOs—admit to usinga CAPM-like or multifactor model. Therefore, webelieve that the CFOs we are surveying are a reason-able sample of the population to question about theequity risk premium. I believe it is a sample groupsuperior to that of economists surveyed—for example,by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. ThePhiladelphia Fed’s survey contains unreliable data(which I know from directly examining these data). Ialso think our survey has advantages over the surveyof financial economists reported by Ivo Welch (2000)because our respondents are making real investmentdecisions. Finally, it is well known that the forecastsby financial analysts are biased. So, the survey we areconducting should provide some benefit in our searchfor ex ante risk premiums.

Survey of CFOsOur survey has a number of components; it does notsimply ask what the respondent thinks the riskpremium is today. First, our survey is a multiperiodsurvey that shows us how the expectations of the riskpremium change through time. Second, we ask aboutforecasts of the risk premium over different horizons.We have not talked much today about the effect of theinvestment horizon on the expected risk premium,but in our survey, we are asking about risk premiumexpectations for a 1-year horizon and a 10-yearhorizon. A third piece of information that we get inthe survey is a measure of expected market volatility.Finally, we can recover from the responses a measureof the asymmetry or skewness in the distribution ofthe risk premium estimates.

The reported survey of chief financialofficers of U.S. corporations makes aunique contribution to the measure-ment of the expected equity risk pre-mium and market volatility. Beginningwith the second quarter of 2000, theresearch team has been conducting anongoing, multiperiod survey of CFOsabout their estimates of future equityrisk premiums and equity market vola-tility. Results of the survey indicate thefollowing: Return forecasts are posi-tively influenced by past returns, whichconstitutes a type of “expectationalmomentum”; expected volatility isnegatively related to past returns; therespondents seem to be very confidentin their forecasts; and time horizonmakes a big difference, in that a posi-tive relationship was found betweenrisk and expected return only for long-horizon forecasts.

A

1For a complete description of the study reported here, seeGraham and Harvey (2001a).

Page 97: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I I

©2002, A IMR® 93 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

The first result I want to show you is striking.Panel A of Figure 1 indicates that the CFOs’ one-yearex ante risk premiums (framed in the survey as theexcess return of stocks over U.S. T-bills) vary consid-erably over time. The last survey, finished on Septem-ber 10, 2001, indicates the CFOs were forecasting atthat time a one-year-ahead risk premium of, effec-tively, zero. The 10-year-horizon ex ante risk premium,given in Panel B, is interesting because it is higherthan the 1-year-horizon forecast and is stable fromsurvey to survey at about 4 percent (400 bps). Notethat the September 10, 2001, forecast is 3.6 percent.

One of the first aspects we investigate is whetherthe CFOs’ expectations about future returns are influ-enced by past returns. That is, if the market hasperformed poorly in the immediate past, does thisperformance lead to lower expected returns? Figure 2is a simple plot of the expected one-year equity riskpremium against the previous quarter’s return. (Aswe go through the analysis, please keep in mind thatone can really be fooled by having so few observations.Indeed, this problem is exactly the reason we chose topresent most of the results graphically. By eyeballingthe data, you can see whether one observation isdriving the relationship.) Figure 2 shows a fairly

reliable positive relationship between past return andfuture near-term expected risk premium. Also, wefound that you can pull out any of these observationsand the fit is still similar. Apparently, a one-year-horizon forecast carries what Graham and I call“expectational momentum.” Therefore, negativereturns influence respondents to lower their forecastof the short-term future premium.

Figure 3 plots the same variables for the 10-yearhorizon. There is a slight positive relationshipbetween the past quarter’s return and the ex ante10-year-horizon risk premium, but it is not nearly aspositive as the relationship observed for the 1-yearhorizon.

We measured expected market volatility by deduc-ing each respondent’s probability distribution. Weasked the respondents to provide a high and a lowforecast by finishing two sentences: “During the nextyear, there is a 1-in-10 chance the S&P 500 return willbe higher than ______ percent” and “During the next

Figure 1. Survey Respondents’ One-Year and Ten-Year Risk Premium Expectations

Expected Premium (%)

A. One-Year Premium

5

4

3

2

1

06/6/00 9/7/00 12/4/00 3/12/01 6/7/01 9/10/01

Expected Premium (%)

B. Ten-Year Premium

5

4

3

2

1

06/6/00 9/7/00 12/4/00 3/12/01 6/7/01 9/10/01

Figure 2. One-Year Risk Premium and Recent Returns

Notes: y = 0.1096x + 2.3068; R2 = 0.7141.

Figure 3. Ten-Year Risk Premium and Recent Returns

Notes: y = 0.0179x + 4.3469; R2 = 0.1529.

One-Year Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Past-Quarter Return (%)

Ten-Year Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Past-Quarter Return (%)

Page 98: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I I

©2002, A IMR® 94 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

year, there is a 1-in-10 chance the S&P 500 return willbe lower than _______ percent.” The expected marketvolatility is a combination of the average of the indi-vidual expected volatilities (which I will refer to inthe figures as “average volatility”) plus the dispersionof the risk premium forecasts (referred to as “dis-agreement”).2

Figure 4 shows that (annualized) averageexpected volatility for the one-year horizon is weaklynegatively related to the past quarter’s return. In fact,if one observation were pulled out, we might find norelationship whatsoever. And Figure 5 shows the(annualized) disagreement component—basically,the standard deviation of the risk premium forecast—for the one-year horizon. The disagreement compo-nent for the one-year horizon is strongly related tothe past quarter’s return. A bad past return suggestsa higher disagreement volatility. Even with so fewdata points, this relationship appears to be strong.

One thing to keep in mind is that these points onFigures 4 and 5 are annualized. When you examinethe individual volatilities, you find that these respon-dents are extremely confident in their assessments.The result is a 6–7 percent annualized volatility in

the one-year-horizon ex ante risk premium. This vol-atility is much smaller than typical market estimates,such as the Chicago Board Options Exchange VIX(Volatility Index) number on the S&P 100 option,which averages around 20 percent.

We also found that our measure of asymmetry ispositively related to the past quarter’s return. Giventhat we get the tails of the distribution, we can lookat the mass above and below the mean and comparethem, which gives us an ex ante measure of skewness.If past returns are negative, we find more negative exante skewness in the data.

Instead of looking at the relationship of the fore-casted risk premium to past return, Figure 6 relatesthe forecasted (ex ante) risk premium to expected (exante) volatility. Many papers in academic finance haveexamined the relationship between expected risk andexpected reward. Intuitively, one would expect the

2 Market volatility was measured as var [r] = E [var (r | Z)] + var [E(r|Z)],

where r is the market return, Z is the information that the CFOsare using to form their forecasts, [E (r | Z)] is the expected riskpremium conditional on the CFO’s information, E [var (r | Z)] is theaverage of each CFO’s individual volati lity estimate, andvar [E(r | Z)] is disagreement volatility or the variance of the CFOs’forecasts of the premium. Individual volatilities were measured as

,

where x(0.90) is the “one in ten chance that the return will behigher than” and x(0.10) is the “one in ten chance that the returnwill be lower than.” The equation for individual volatilities is fromDavidson and Cooper (1976).

Figure 4. Average (One-Year-Horizon) Volatility and Recent Returns

Notes: y = –0.0452x + 6.4722; R2 = 0.1282.

var x 0.90( ) x 0.10( )–2.65

---------------------------------------------2

=

Average Volatility (%)

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

Past-Quarter Return (%)

Figure 5. Disagreement (One-Year Horizon) Volatility and Recent Returns

Notes: y = –0.153x + 4.3658; R2 = 0.7298.

Figure 6. Expected Average Volatility and Expected Risk Premium: One-Year Horizon

Notes: y = –0.5178x + 5.2945; R2 = 0.2538.

Disagreement Volatility (%)

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

Past-Quarter Return (%)

Expected Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Expected Average Volatility (%)

4 5 6 7 82 3

Page 99: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I I

©2002, A IMR® 95 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

relationship to be positive, but the literature isactually split. Indeed, many papers have documenteda negative relationship, which is basically what we seefor the one-year-horizon predictions. In Figure 6, theex ante premium and the ex ante average volatilityappear to be weakly negatively related. Figure 7 plotsthe one-year-horizon expected risk premium againstdisagreement about the expected premium. The resultis a strongly negative relationship: The higher thedisagreement, the lower the expected premium overone year. Again, almost any observation could bepulled out without changing the degree of fit.

Using the same variables as in Figure 7 and keep-ing the scale the same, Figure 8 shows the data forthe 10-year horizon. The fit is again strikingly good,but the relationship is positive. Notice that the dis-agreement is much smaller for the 10-year horizonthan for the 1-year horizon. This positive relation-ship between the ex ante premium and ex ante volatil-ity is suggested by basic asset-pricing theory.

The latest survey documented in Figures 2–8 isJune 1, 2001, plus data returned to us by September10, 2001. We just happened to fax our most recentquarterly survey to the survey participants at 8:00a.m. on the morning of September 10. I did notinclude observations from the surveys returned onSeptember 11 because the survey might have beencompleted on either September 10 or 11, and classifi-cation of the responses as pre- or post-September 11was not possible. The response data we received onSeptember 12 or later we maintained and analyzedseparately. Table 1 provides a comparison of pre- andpost-September 11 data for the 1- and 10-year hori-zons. Although the size of the sample is small (33observations), one can see the impact of September

11. The 1-year-horizon mean forecasted premiumdecreases after September 11, but volatility—bothdisagreement and average—increases. For the 10-yearhorizon, the mean forecasted premium and disagree-ment volatility increase. I’ll be the first to admit thatthese results are not statistically significant, but thedata tell an interesting story. After September 11,perceived risk increases—which is no surprise. In theshort term, participants believe that market returnswill be lower. In the long term, however, premiumsincrease to compensate for this additional risk.

Implications of ResultsSo, what have we learned from this exercise? First,expectations are affected, at least in the short term,by what has happened in the recent past—anexpectational momentum effect. Second, these newexpectational data appear to validate the so-calledleverage effect—that negative returns increaseexpected volatility. Third, the individual volatilities(at 6–7 percent) seem very low, given what we wouldhave expected. And fourth, there is apparently a

Figure 7. Disagreement Volatility and Expected Risk Premium: One-Year Horizon

Notes: y = –0.6977x + 5.3410; R2 = 0.9283.

Expected Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Disagreement Volatility (%)

4 5 6 7 82 3

Figure 8. Disagreement Volatility and Expected Risk Premium: Ten-Year Horizon

Notes: y = 0.9949x + 1.4616; R2 = 0.6679.

Table 1. Impact of September 11, 2001: Equity Risk Premium and Volatility

Measure Before After

Observations 127 33

1-year premium

Mean premium 0.05% –0.70%

Average volatility 6.79 9.76

Disagreement volatility 6.61 7.86

10-year premium

Mean premium 3.63% 4.82%

Disagreement volatility 2.36 3.03

Expected Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Disagreement Volatility (%)

4 5 6 7 82 3

Page 100: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I I

©2002, A IMR® 96 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

positive relationship between risk and expectedreturn (or the risk premium) only at longer horizons.So, the horizon is critical.

How should we interpret these results, what arethe outstanding issues, and where do we go fromhere? The CFOs in the survey are probably not usingtheir one-year expected risk premiums for one-yearproject evaluations. What CFOs think is going tohappen in the market is different from what they useas the hurdle rate for an investment. I do think thatthe 10-year-horizon risk premium estimates we aregetting from them are close to what they are using.An interesting paper being circulating by Ravi Jagan-nathan and Iwan Meier (2001) makes some of thesesame arguments—that higher hurdle rates are proba-bly being used for a number of reasons: the scarcityof management time, the desire to wait for the bestprojects, and financial flexibility. Corporate manag-ers want to wait for the best project, and with limitedmanagement time, a hurdle rate that is higher thanwhat would be implied by a simple asset-pricingmodel allows that time.

Another angle is that the premium should be highin times of recession. Indeed, a lot of research docu-ments apparently countercyclical behavior in the

premium. Such behavior implies that today’s one-year-horizon investment should have a high hurdle rate.

Further ResearchWe hope our research sheds some light on themeasure of expectations. I believe in asset-pricingmodels based on fundamentals, but it is alsoenlightening to observe a direct measure of expecta-tions. Our data may not be the true expectations, butthey supply additional information about the ex anterisk premium in terms of investment horizon,expected volatility, and asymmetry.

Our next step is to conduct interviews in the firstweek of December 2001 with a number of the CFOsparticipating in the multiperiod survey. We havealready carried out a few preliminary interviews, andwe find it extraordinary how much thought CFOshave given to these issues. The main question we wantto ask in December is the reason (or reasons) for thedifference between their risk premium forecasts for aone-year horizon and the actual internal hurdle ratesthey use to evaluate one-year-horizon projects. Howdo CFOs use the ex ante risk premium in terms ofmaking real allocation decisions? I will keep youupdated on the progress of our research project.

Page 101: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 97 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARYby Peter WilliamsonAmos Tuck School of Business AdministrationDartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Implications for Asset Allocation, Portfolio Management, and Future Research II Campbell HarveyDuke University, Durham, North CarolinaNational Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts

he presentation made by Campbell Harveywas unique, in that it was based essentiallyon surveys of investor expected risk premi-

ums. What he had heard from the previous speakerswas how difficult it is to get a measure of investorexpectations.

Harvey’s surveys, over time, of chief financialofficers offered what he considered to be a less biasedsample than the surveys that have been made ofeconomists or financial analysts. CFOs are known tobe concerned about a measure of their cost of capitalfor investment planning purposes and have no reasonto favor high or low forecasts. He stated that,although he does not see the survey results as areplacement for the kind of analyses presented byprevious speakers, he does believe that the surveysadd valuable information.

The survey questions and responses were for1-year and 10-year time horizons, which provided anopportunity to compare short-term with long-termexpectations. The surveys elicited information notonly on the expected premiums but also on theprobability distributions of the respondents’ fore-casts. Harvey considered two components ofexpected market volatility: the average of the indi-vidual expected volatilities (from each individual'sprobability distribution) and the disagreement overthe risk premium forecasts (the standard deviationof the risk premium forecasts).

Figure 1 shows the results of six surveys askingfor a 1-year risk premium estimate and a 10-yearestimate. The 10-year forecasts show little variation,whereas the 1-year forecasts vary widely throughtime. The 10-year forecasts are also consistentlyhigher than the 1-year forecasts.

Figure 2 shows the influence of past returns onforecasts of 1-year premiums, and Figure 3 does thesame for 10-year premiums. Past returns had a positiveimpact on 1-year forecasts and a very slight positiveeffect on 10-year forecasts. Past returns also had aweak negative effect on expected 1-year average vola-tility and a strong negative effect on disagreement.They had a strong positive effect on expected skew-ness. Negative returns led to more negative skewnessin the forecasts.

Turning to the effect of expected rather than pastreturns, Harvey showed in Figure 6 that the average

T

Figure 1. Survey Respondents’ One-Year and Ten-Year Risk Premium Expectations

Expected Premium (%)

A. One-Year Premium

5

4

3

2

1

06/6/00 9/7/00 12/4/00 3/12/01 6/7/01 9/10/01

Expected Premium (%)

B. Ten-Year Premium

5

4

3

2

1

06/6/00 9/7/00 12/4/00 3/12/01 6/7/01 9/10/01

Page 102: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I I

©2002, A IMR® 98 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

of individual volatilities is weakly negatively relatedto expected 1-year returns.1 One-year expectedreturns were found to be strongly negatively relatedto disagreement volatility, as shown in Figure 7. Thisfinding may seem counter to the usual risk–expectedreturn theories, but the finding is for very short termforecasts. For the 10-year horizon shown in Figure 8,however, expected returns are strongly positivelyrelated to disagreement—which is consistent with theway we usually think about risk and expected reward.

Harvey reported the impact of the events of Sep-tember 11, 2001, in Table 1. After the crisis, the CFOsrevised expected returns for the 1-year forecastsdownward. For both the 1-year and the 10-year fore-casts, expected volatility increased after the crisis.

Figure 2. One-Year Risk Premium and Recent Returns

Notes: y = 0.1096x + 2.3068; R2 = 0.7141.

Figure 3. Ten-Year Risk Premium and Recent Returns

Notes: y = 0.0179x + 4.3469; R2 = 0.1529.

1 Table and figure numbers in each Summary correspond to thetable and figure numbers in the full presentation.

One-Year Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Past-Quarter Return (%)

Ten-Year Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Past-Quarter Return (%)

Figure 6. Expected Average Volatility and Expected Risk Premium: One-Year Horizon

Notes: y = –0.5178x + 5.2945; R2 = 0.2538.

Figure 7. Disagreement Volatility and Expected Risk Premium: One-Year Horizon

Notes: y = –0.6977x + 5.3410; R2 = 0.9283.

Figure 8. Disagreement Volatility and Expected Risk Premium: Ten-Year Horizon

Notes: y = 0.9949x + 1.4616; R2 = 0.6679.

Expected Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Expected Average Volatility (%)

4 5 6 7 82 3

Expected Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Disagreement Volatility (%)

4 5 6 7 82 3

Expected Premium (%)

5

4

3

2

1

0

Disagreement Volatility (%)

4 5 6 7 82 3

Page 103: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH I I

©2002, A IMR® 99 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

Summarizing, Harvey presented the followingconclusions:• Survey measures of expectations provide useful

alternatives to statistical measurements.

• Return forecasts are positively influenced by pastreturns—what John Graham and Harvey (2001a)call “expectational momentum.”

• Expected volatility is negatively related to pastreturns.

• Individual volatilities seem very low; the respon-dents seem very confident in their forecasts.

• Time horizon makes a big difference. There is apositive relationship between risk and expectedreturn but only for long-horizon forecasts.In closing, Harvey expressed doubt that the CFOs

were actually using their 1-year forecasts for hurdlerates in 1-year project evaluations. He suggested thatthere is a difference between what CFOs believe willhappen to the market next year and the rate of returnthey would accept for a new project. The 10-yearforecasts are probably closer to what the CFOs areusing for the cost of capital.

Table 1. Impact of September 11, 2001: Equity Risk Premium and Volatility

Measure Before After

Observations 127 33

1-year premium

Mean premium 0.05% –0.70%

Average volatility 6.79 9.76

Disagreement volatility 6.61 7.86

10-year premium

Mean premium 3.63% 4.82%

Disagreement volatility 2.36 3.03

Page 104: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 100 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Implications for Asset Allocation, Portfolio Management, and Future Research: Discussion

ROGER IBBOTSON (Moderator)

I was particularly pleased to see Campbell Harvey’spaper because we have seen surveys of financialanalysts, individuals, and economists (such asWelch’s 2000 survey of financial economists), but theGraham and Harvey (2001a, 2001b) survey breaksnew ground by surveying a particularly astute group.The results of their survey bring fresh information tothe table. The survey was also well designed, whichgives us confidence in the data.

I think each of us understands that we are con-cerned with equity risk premiums looking forward,but the distance we are looking ahead, our horizons,may differ. And today we have had both discus-sions—looking short term and looking out long term.The differences between the short-run and the long-run risk premium were certainly brought out byRajnish Mehra [in the “Current Estimates and Pros-pects for Change” session] and are highlighted in theGraham and Harvey work.

I would like to present a few ideas from a paperthat Peng Chen and I wrote (Ibbotson and Chen2002) that uses much of the same data that RobArnott used but interprets the data almost completelydifferently. One of the reasons for the lack of overlapin interpretations is that Rob’s primary focus is ashort-run prediction of the market.

Figure 1 is yet another P/E chart—this one basedon the Wilson and Jones (forthcoming 2002) databecause their earnings data match the S&P 500 Indexearnings data. The S&P 500 had very low, not negative

but very low, earnings in the 1930s, and the actualmaximum P/E is off the chart for that period. Figure1 begins with a P/E, calculated as price divided byprior-year earnings, of 10.22 in 1926 and ends with aP/E of 25.96 at year-end 2000 (the October 2001 P/E,excluding extraordinary earnings, is 21); that growthfrom about 10 to the most recent P/E is an importantconsideration in the forecast I will discuss.

The forecast that Peng and I are making is basedon the real drivers of P/E growth. We focus on thecontribution of earnings to P/E growth and on GDP.Table 1 shows the historical average nominal returnfor stocks over the 75-year period of 1926 through2000 to be 10.70 percent. We can break that nominalstock return into its contributing components: about3 percentage points (pps) inflation, and so forth. TheP/E growth rate from a multiple of about 10 in 1926to a multiple of almost 26 in 2000 amounts to 1.25percent a year. When we make our forecasts, weremove that historical growth rate because that P/Ejump from 10 to 26, in our opinion, will not berepeated. The “Earnings Forecast” column in Table 1shows what history was without the P/E growth rate;that is, the forecasted return is 1.25 pps less than thehistorical return.

Figure 2 provides the historical growth of percapita GDP and of earnings, dividends, and capitalgains on a per share, not aggregated, basis. All areindexed to $1 at the end of 1925. The capital gainsgrow to about $90 at the end of 2000—the mostgrowth of any of the measures shown. Earnings areless because of the increase in the P/E multiple. The$90 is the $36 multiplied by 2.5, which was the P/E

Roger Ibbotson (Moderator)Robert ArnottJohn CampbellBradford CornellWilliam GoetzmannCampbell HarveyMartin LeibowitzThomas PhilipsWilliam Reichenstein, CFA

Table 1. Historical and Forecasted Components of Stock Returns, 1926–2000

Component Historicala Earnings Forecast

Income 4.28 pps 4.28 ppsP/E growth 1.25 —

Earnings growth 1.75 1.75Inflation 3.08 3.08aTotal historical return for the period is 10.70 percent; data do not sum to that total because of the geometrical mathematics used.

Page 105: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 101 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

Figure 1. The P/E, December 1925–December 2000

Note: The P/E for December 1932 was 136.5.

Figure 2. Historical Growth of per Capita GDP and of per Share Earnings, Dividends, and Capital Gains, December 1925–December 2000

Note: At end date, capital gains were $90.50, GDP per capita was $44.10, earnings were $35.60, and dividends were $24.20.

P/E

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

025 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 00

Capital Gains

GDP per Capita

Earnings

Dividends

December 1925 = $1.00

1,000.00

100.00

10.00

1.00

0.10

025 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 00

Page 106: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 102 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

change from 10 to 26. The line for GDP per capitashows that the economy (on a per capita basis) hasoutgrown earnings by a small amount over the entireperiod. And finally, the growth in dividends trails thepack. So, I very much agree with the comment thatBill Reichenstein made earlier today that dividendsare not a good forecasting tool; they grow the mostslowly and even distort the picture for earningsgrowth [see “Current Estimates and Prospects forChange: Discussion”].

I am struck by how tied together each data seriesis—how the stock market is related to the economy,which is related to earnings, which are related todividends. Although the link between earnings anddividends is a little less close than the other links, itis still there. One of the reasons Peng and I wanted tocarry out this type of analysis is that the economyshould be reflected in the stock market. And in fact,the separation in their behaviors is solely the resultof the changing P/E, which we have thus removedfrom our forecasts. The P/E rose from 1926 to 2000for a reason, but that reason will not continuallyrecur in perpetuity. For that annual growth rate inthe P/E multiple of 1.25 percent a year to continue,to assume that it will replicate, would mean that inanother 75 years, the P/E will have grown to 62.

Figure 3 shows why dividends are not a good toolfor forecasting the future. Dividend yields started theperiod at 5.15 percent and averaged 4.28 percent overthe past 75 years; if you include the data for the 19th

century, the historical average dividend yield is muchhigher. Every time we found a dividend for the 19thcentury, it seemed to be 100 percent. The dividendyield has now dropped to 1.10 percent (the mostrecent year would push it up somewhat). Thus, along-run secular decline has occurred in the dividendyield, which was largely caused by the decreasingpayout ratio. As Figure 4 shows, the payout ratio,which began the period at 46.68 percent and averagedalmost 60 percent over the 1926–2000 period, is now31.78 percent.

Several reasons could explain the trend towardlower payout ratios. We interpret the trend as an issueof trust and changing attitudes about trust. As inves-tors place more trust in the companies in which theyinvest and in the financial market system, sharehold-ers no longer require that the companies pay all oftheir earnings to the shareholders; the discipline thatdividends were designed to impose on corporations isgradually falling by the wayside. Another possiblereason for the trend toward lower payout ratios isthat, of course, dividends and capital gains (the fruitof reinvested corporate earnings) are taxed differ-ently—providing an incentive for shareholders torelax their desire for company earnings to be paid outas dividends. Moreover, today, earnings can be takenout in many forms, such as share repurchases, buy-outs in a merger or acquisition, or investment ininternal projects of a company. I predict that thesemyriad forms of paying out earnings will remain. A

Figure 3. Dividend Yield, December 1925–December 2000

Dividend Yield (%)

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

025 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 00

Page 107: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 103 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

larger and larger portion of companies in the marketare not paying earnings out in the form of dividends.For example, the technology companies do not pay outany of their earnings as dividends. Thus, the payoutratio is not stable, and we may see it continue to fall.

A contender in the race to be a reliable forecastingtool (one that a number of people have already dis-cussed today) is the dividend yield model in one of itsmany forms. If you could accept the dividend yieldmodel by itself and with its purest assumptions—thatis, the dividend yield plus dividend growth, assumingconstant growth—the model would be a forecast ofthe stock market. But there are three problems withthe pure dividend yield model that we must makeadjustments for if the model is to be useful for fore-casting. The first two problems are potential viola-tions of Modigliani and Miller theory.

I am assuming that M&M holds true. (Despitewhat some of you have said about how dividend pay-outs do not seem to be reinvested in anything at all, Iam clearly on the other side of that argument. If thereis any truth to that supposition, however, that theoryneeds further investigation.) So, the first problemwith some forms of the dividend yield model is thatthey violate M&M because they assume you can addthe current dividend yield (which is now 1.10 per-cent) to historical dividend growth. Historical divi-dend growth underestimates historical earningsgrowth, however, because of the decrease in the pay-

out ratio. Dividends have run slowest in the growthrace because the payout ratio has continually dropped.

The second problem with using the dividend yieldmodel as a forecasting tool (and it is, again, a violationof M&M) is that if the low payout ratios of today (31.8percent) were reflected in the historical series, thepercentage of earnings retained would have beenhigher and, therefore, historical earnings would havegrown faster than observed. In short, the first problemis that dividend growth has been too slow historically,and the second problem is that with further earningsretention, historical earnings growth would have beenpotentially faster than observed.

The third problem with the dividend yieldapproach is the high P/E multiple observed today—over 25. Unlike some of you, I am going to assumeefficient markets, which in this case I take to meanthat the current high P/E implies higher-than-averagefuture EPS growth.

My estimate of the average geometric equity riskpremium is about 4 percent relative to the long-termbond yield. It is, however, 1.25 percent lower than thepure sample geometric mean from the risk premiumof the Ibbotson and Sinquefield study (IbbotsonAssociates 2001).

We have had some debate today on future growthrates—specifically for the 10-year horizon. Data thatPeng and I are studying provide some support for thetie between high P/Es and high future growth. One

Figure 4. Dividend Payout Ratio, December 1925–December 2000

Note: The payout ratio as of December 1931 was 190.52 percent; as of December 1932, it was 929.12 percent.

Dividend Payout Ratio (%)

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

025 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 00

Page 108: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 104 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

of the problems with the 10-year horizon is that 10years is not really long enough to encompass manyindependent events.

The extreme end of the spectrum of proponentsof the dividend yield model would support using pastdividend growth to forecast future dividend growth,then add current income. (Of course, that methodalmost wipes out the risk premium, and in some ways,it is actually similar to what Rob Arnott presented.)

In our response, we make three adjustments tothe dividend yield model shown in the third column(“Current Dividend Forecast”) of Figure 5. These areshown in the fourth column (“Current DividendForecast with Additional Growth”). We add 0.51 ppso that historical dividend growth matches historicalearnings growth, we add an additional 0.95 ppbecause of the extra retention associated with thecurrent record low payout rate, and finally we add2.28 pps to future earnings growth to reflect thecurrent high P/E that we assume forecasts higherearnings growth.

What about long-term earnings growth? Corpo-rate America is likely to proceed in the next quartercentury as it did in the previous 75 years. Corporatecash will be used for projects, investments, sharerepurchases, and acquisitions, but less and less willit be used for dividend payouts. Future earningsgrowth will be higher than past growth because oflower dividend payouts and the high current P/E. Forthe next 25 years, I predict (1) stocks will outper-form bonds, (2) increased earnings growth will off-set future low dividend yields, (3) the P/E jump from10 to 26 will not repeat, and (4) the stock marketreturn will provide more than 9 percent a year overthe 25-year period.

JOHN CAMPBELL: When you make the adjust-ments, aren’t you assuming not only efficient marketsbut also a constant discount rate? If so, you areassuming the answer. We are trying to find out whatthe discount rate is, but you assume the discount ratein your calculation. If so, aren’t you bound to comeup with an answer for the end that is the same ashistorical norms going in?

Figure 5. Historical versus Forecasts Based on Earnings and Dividend Models

Real Risk-Free Rate(2.05 pps)

Past DividendGrowth (1.23 pps)

Past DividendGrowth (1.23 pps)

CurrentHigh P/E(2.28 pps)

DecreasingPayout Ratio

(0.51 pps)

Percent

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Historical EarningsForecast

Historical EarningsForecast with Equity

Risk Premium

Current DividendForecast

Current DividendForecast with

Additional Growth

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Equity RiskPremium(3.97 pps)

CurrentIncome (1.10 pps)

CurrentIncome (1.10 pps)

Current PayoutRatio (0.95 pps)

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Past Income(4.28 pps)

Past EarningsGrowth (1.75 pps)

Real Risk-Free Rate(2.05 pps)

Past DividendGrowth (1.23 pps)

Past DividendGrowth (1.23 pps)

CurrentHigh P/E(2.28 pps)

DecreasingPayout Ratio

(0.51 pp)

Percent

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Historical EarningsForecast

Historical EarningsForecast with Equity

Risk Premium

Current DividendForecast

Current DividendForecast with

Additional Growth

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Equity RiskPremium(3.97 pps)

CurrentIncome (1.10 pps)

CurrentIncome (1.10 pps)

Current PayoutRatio (0.95 pp)

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Inflation(3.08 pps)

Past Income(4.28 pps)

Past EarningsGrowth (1.75 pps)

Page 109: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 105 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

IBBOTSON: True. In addition to assuming an effi-cient market (M&M), we are not assuming that thediscount rate is dynamic. We are assuming it to beunknown, and we are searching for the single dis-count rate that best describes history. The presump-tion is that history can be extrapolated forward. Itcould be considered a reconciliation between the twoapproaches. Certainly, our quest is debatable.

BRADFORD CORNELL: I have some questions forCampbell Harvey. Are CFOs really not using theirone-year-horizon market forecasts in evaluating theirinternal investments? Maybe the one-year marketforecast they provide you is just a throw-away num-ber; they are so uncertain about it that they do notincorporate it into any decision they make. If theyreally believe that the equity risk premium is zerotoday, shouldn’t they be issuing stock?

CAMPBELL HARVEY: I think this survey gives usrespondents’ guesses of what is going to happen inthe market; it does not necessarily map into what theyare going to do in terms of their real project evalua-tions at a one-year horizon. In a recent working paperby Jagannathan and Meier (2001), which is based onsome older work by McDonald and Siegal (1986),they say people tend to have higher hurdle rates thanwhat the capital asset pricing model (CAPM) wouldsuggest. CFOs are looking for the best projects, inter-nal investments that throw off the best return, andthere is no way they are going to accept a project witha rate of return equal to the T-bill rate—even if theyexpect next year’s market return to be basically thesame as the T-bill’s return. So, what the data suggestto me is that there is a big difference between theshort-horizon expectation of return and the hurdlerate one would actually use in terms of project evalu-ation. Of course, I want to go deeper into this problemby asking the survey participants for more details.

ROBERT ARNOTT: One would assume that to arriveat the estimated required return of any new commit-ment, a “credibility” hurdle rate is added on top of thecost-of-capital hurdle rate. Those cost-of-capital hur-dle rates are always optimistic, so the credibility rateis added and is part of where the reported hurdle ratein the responses comes from.

MARTIN LEIBOWITZ: Just one clarification: Howdid your 10-year risk premium, 4.5 percent, relate tothe hurdle rate? Do you have any evidence of whatthat longer-term hurdle rate is?

HARVEY: For the 10-year horizon, the risk premiumreported is closer to the hurdle rate for internalprojects than for the 1-year horizon. We don’t have

much information about the longer-term hurdle rate,but the next phase of my research with John Grahamwill be interviewing the CFO participants to shedadditional light on these issues.

WILLIAM GOETZMANN: I was very excited to seeCampbell Harvey’s paper—to see more interestingdata about dispersion of opinion. I know that in oneof your earlier papers—the one on the market-timingability of investment newsletter writers (Graham andHarvey 1996)—you unexpectedly found dispersion ofopinion that had some forecasting ability. Cragg andMalkiel (1982) also found some dispersion in ana-lysts’ forecasts in relation to risk. Also, MassimoMassa and I have been finding some informationabout dispersion related to price effects and so forth(Goetzmann and Massa 2001). What particularlystrikes me in looking at your results is the consistentmessage that this dispersion of opinion is havinginteresting effects that we ought to explore. If you aregoing to be talking to these CFOs, it would be great tofind out more about the basis for the dispersion. It isan interesting potential area of research.

HARVEY: We have a lot of data on earnings forecasts,but I am more interested in the dispersion than theactual forecasts. An older paper by Frankel and Froot(1990) looked at dispersion of beliefs in terms ofcurrency forecasting. It is very impressive. So, I agreethat this area is worthy of more research.

THOMAS PHILIPS: I want to address the questionabout forecasts versus hurdle rates by describing anexperience that I had. When I talk to our corporateclients, I often ask if they need help estimating theircost of capital (which, of course, is the same as theexpected return) and I ask how they do it currently.Some tell me that they use the CAPM, while otherssay they use a more complicated factor model. But oneanswer stands out for its simplicity and its brilliance.At National Service Industries, an executive told methat his cost of capital was 10 percent. I asked himhow he knew that it was 10 percent. He replied thathe did not know that it was 10 percent. So, I queriedfurther: “Why, then, do you assert that it is 10 per-cent?” He replied, “In my world, the cost of capital isnot very important in terms of making new invest-ment decisions. We have a hurdle rate to make thattype of decision. The cost of capital is important to usbecause the lines of business that we are in are notfabulously profitable, and the simplest mistake wecan make is to squander the capital we have investedin them. The one thing I want to do is to have everyemployee understand that capital is a real input andthat it is incredibly easy to squander. When I use 10percent as the cost of capital, everyone from the

Page 110: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 106 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

janitor to the CEO can apply it. They can move adecimal point; they can divide by 10. So, I can explainto them in simple terms that $1 million worth ofequipment sitting idle represents $100,000 of realmoney going down the tubes every year. And thatability is much more important to me and to thecompany than having the right answer.” Theoreti-cally, he has the wrong answer, but in spite of that,his answer and approach are absolutely brilliant.

The other comment that I want to make is anobservation on the difference in earnings growthrates. Roger Ibbotson is showing it growing close toper capita GDP.

ARNOTT: No, he has it growing faster than GDP.

PHILIPS: Roughly the same rate.

IBBOTSON: Historically, it is the same.

ARNOTT: But now the payout ratio is lower, so earn-ings would have to grow faster. Earnings growth isgoing to gain on GDP on a per share basis, notnecessarily on an aggregate basis as Bradford Cornellwas talking about.

WILLIAM REICHENSTEIN: Going back to what RobArnott said about taking another look at tactical assetallocation. Let’s say that over the next 10 years,stocks, bonds, and cash will all produce a 10 percentrate of return. It seems to me the 10-year returnshould not make any difference; the asset-allocationdecision is relatively insignificant at that point.

ARNOTT: Correct, the policy asset allocation deci-sion is insignificant. For rebalancing to add value, fortactical asset allocation to add value, the absolutelycrucial premise is that reversion to the mean willoccur in at least a weak form.

REICHENSTEIN: That is when you pick up youralpha?

ARNOTT: Right. The presumption is based on along-term historical record for live TAA experience.Even when it did not add value (in the 1990s), it didproduce alpha. If there were not some weak reversionto the mean at work in the 1990s, it would not haveproduced an alpha.

LEIBOWITZ: Why do you say policy allocation isinvariant? Even if you have zero difference in returns,you still have volatility.

ARNOTT: I am assuming geometric, not arithmetic,returns. If we assume arithmetic returns are the same,then the volatility differences carry a cost. If weassume the geometric returns are the same, then the

return-maximizing portfolio is the risk-minimizingportfolio, which would probably have an allocationof only 10–20 percent equities. But the difference inreturns would be tiny, so whether the allocation was20/80 or 80/20 would not make much difference inthe return.

LEIBOWITZ: But you would not have much in equi-ties?

ARNOTT: This message is not welcomed with openarms by investors or investment practitioners. It hasnot been good for First Quadrant’s business for me topublish this sort of stuff. Some consultants areannoyed because we are saying, basically, that theassumptions they are endorsing are wrong. Clientsdon’t want to hear it because we’ve been correct forthe last year and a half, and the losses hurt. When wefirst proposed the idea, it was viewed as slightly flaky,but since then, it’s been on target—which has madesome people even angrier.

GOETZMANN: I’m a bit confused. Are you talkingabout just your track record or evidence about TAAin general? I haven’t seen any empirical evidenceindicating that, on average (or even in the tails), anytactical allocators have been successful.

ARNOTT: I am speaking on the basis of our trackrecord and what little information I can garner aboutcompetitors’ track records. The comparative studies,like the one that Tom Philips did (Philips, Rogers,and Capaldi 1996), have dwindled to next to nothingbecause no one is interested in TAA. Our foundingchairman was fond of saying, “Don’t buy what’s easyto sell. Do buy what’s tough to sell.” Well, TAA istough to sell right now. I think it is an interesting ideathat has fallen from favor in a circumstance where,prospectively, it is probably going to produce the kindof results that we had in the 1970s, which werebreathtaking, just breathtaking.

PHILIPS: Let me comment on that. In the paper ofmine that Rob Arnott is referring to, I took the actuallive track records of every domestic TAA manager(about a dozen of them, and they had 95 percent ofthe assets under management in TAA at the time) andperformed Henriksson–Merton and Cumby–Modesttests for timing skills. I found that in the 1970s, TAAwas very successful. Then, in the 1980s, the resultsbecome a little mixed. If you include the period up toand including the crash of 1987, all the TAA manag-ers added value; after the crash, no one added value.But here’s an interesting twist to the story: Let’s saya genie came to you once a quarter or once a month,take your choice, from 1980 onwards, and whispered“buy stocks” or “buy bonds” in your ear—and the

Page 111: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 107 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

IMPLICATIONS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION, PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, AND FUTURE RESEARCH: DISCUSSION

genie was never wrong. And let’s say you can makethe appropriate portfolio changes without transac-tion costs. By how much did the genie outperform asimple 60/40 mixture of stocks and bonds? It turnsout that the genie’s outperformance went down enor-

mously from the precrash to the postcrash period. Itdropped from about 24 percent a year to about 15percent a year. In effect, the genie got a lot lessprosperous after 1987, so it’s not surprising that TAAmanagers found themselves in trouble.

Page 112: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 108 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

Summary Comments

MARTIN LEIBOWITZ: I think it might be interestingto just go around the table for any last comments onour topic, the equity risk premium, or for any com-ments on any of the papers presented today.1

BRETT HAMMOND: I would like to hear more dis-cussion from Roger Ibbotson and Rob Arnott. As Ihave listened to the presentations today, I have beentrying to decide what we could say if we were chargedas a group with coming to some consensus. I’m goingto assume the role of the naive observer, and in thatrole, I can say I have learned that in some areas, weare talking past each other and in other areas, oncewe clarify the definitions (or what is being measuredand how), we are closer together. That understandingis useful, but what is the next step in educating ourcolleagues and practitioners? What would we want totell them about their problem, which is, of course,estimating the equity risk premium looking forward?I have been wanting to ask this question all day, sonow I will: What would you tell them about the equityrisk premium?

ROGER IBBOTSON: What you say is to the point.First, we see a need for clarification of what we meanby the equity risk premium: I think all of us in thisroom see it as an expectation, not a realization; if welook at realizations, it’s to help us understand expec-tations. But not everybody outside the room under-stands this distinction.

The second issue is the use of “arithmetic” versus“geometric.” Every time we make a forecast, weshould say whether the forecast is arithmetic or geo-metric and which risk-free rate we are using—U.S.T-bills, the long bond, or TIPS.

Third, we need to distinguish between yields andreturns. Jeremy Siegel, for example, used realizedreturns, whereas others today used realized yields.

Fourth, we should always specify the forecasthorizon—whether we are talking about a short or along horizon. The risk premium for a short horizonis basically about timing, an attempt to judge whetherthe market is currently over- or undervalued; the riskpremium for the very long horizon provides a morestable concept of what the risk premium is—namely,the long-term extra return that an investor is expectedto get for taking risks, assuming the market is fairlyvalued.

If we could at least get these definitions delin-eated and clarified and let everybody know what thedefinitions are, it would help identify the differencesamong us. We are actually much more of one mindthan some might think. And the theoretical analysesactually come closer to the empirical results I mighthave imagined before this conference.

The 4 percent (400 bps) equity risk premiumforecast that I have presented here today is a geomet-ric return in excess of the long-term government bondyield. It is a long-term forecast, under the assumptionthat today’s market is fairly valued.

WILLIAM REICHENSTEIN: I want to make a com-ment in terms of asset allocation based on the geomet-ric difference between future stock and future bondreturns. Let’s say that the real return on stocks isexpected to be 4 percent. Of course, the numberswould depend on the assumptions used; if you use thedividend model, the real return might be 2.5 percent,and with the earnings model, it might increase to 4percent, but in either case, we are talking about anumber well below the historical 7 percent realreturn on stocks. If we are looking at a real return onstocks of 4 percent and a real return on bonds of 3

Robert ArnottJohn CampbellPeng Chen, CFABradford CornellWilliam GoetzmannBrett HammondCampbell HarveyRoger IbbotsonMartin LeibowitzRajnish MehraThomas PhilipsWilliam Reichenstein, CFARobert ShillerKevin Terhaar, CFAPeter Williamson

1For Martin Leibowitz’s summary of academic and practitionerresearch on the equity risk premium, see the Webcast of his presen-tation to “Research for the Practitioner: The Research Foundation Pre-Conference Workshop” held in conjunction with the AIMR 2002Annual Conference. The Webcast is available in summer 2002 ataimr.direct.org.

Page 113: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 109 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARY COMMENTS

percent, the equity risk premium is about 1 percent,which is much lower than in the past. So, the expec-tation for future equity real returns is down. But fora 50/50 stock/bond portfolio, if you use the historicalIbbotson numbers of 7 percent for stocks and 2percent for bonds, then your historical real return ona 50/50 portfolio is 4.5 percent. How much worse offare you today at an estimate of 4 percent real returnon stocks and 3 percent real return on bonds? That50/50 portfolio has 3.5 percent real return instead of4.5 percent, and that is only a 1 percentage pointdifference. Part of the reason the equity risk premiumis lower, it seems to me, is because the real returns onbonds are up.

ROBERT ARNOTT: That’s a very good point. The4.5 percent versus the 3.5 percent expected portfolioreturn invites the question: Why is the actuarialcommunity allowing sponsors to use 6.5 percent asan actuarial real return assumption for their aggre-gate balanced pension funds? The average nominalreturn is 9.3 percent, and the average inflationassumption is 2.8 percent. I would say that assuminga 6.5 percent real return is irresponsible and danger-ous regardless of whether the reasonable expectationfor real return going forward is 4.5 percent or 3.5percent.

KEVIN TERHAAR: I think of the risk premium asmost appropriately viewed as a discount rate elementcorresponding to a long horizon and relative to a risk-free rate, commensurate with the asset’s risk. The riskpremium issues that we have been discussing todayare not unique to the U.S. equity market. Equities orbonds, or any other asset class for that matter, shouldbe discounted in light of the risks that the assetentails. Although there seems to be some agreementon definition and, to a lesser extent, expectations, weare still left with a question that is one step removedfrom the equity risk premium: What is the appropri-ate price of risk as we look to the future? Even if wecan agree that risk is more stable and thus more easilyforecastable than return, and we are able to developagreed-upon and reasonable forward-looking riskestimates, the issue of the appropriate price of risk stillexists. Ultimately, it is this price of risk that deter-mines the risk premium, not only of U.S. equities, butalso of any other asset class. The risk premium on thedomestic equity market should not and cannot beviewed in isolation.

LEIBOWITZ: In response to Brett Hammond, I’mvery impressed by the level of consensus on the viewthat earnings can grow only at a somewhat slowerrate than GDP per capita and that no one seems tofeel it can grow much more—except Roger Ibbotson,

who thought EPS could grow faster than GDPbecause of extra earnings retention and the implicitgrowth estimate inherent in the high recent price-to-earnings ratio. The fact that we’re basically in agree-ment that earnings are tightly bound to the growth inthe economy has, I think, a lot of implications. Also,I think we can agree that the distinction betweenarithmetic and geometric is important in terms of theway these concepts are discussed and analyzed.Another important point is that the term structurethat is being used to analyze the risk premium mustbe defined. We also need to keep in mind that theestimation error over the short term is very, very high.So, our views, at least our expectations, may be moreconvergent over time, but the differences still remain.

Another thing that is surprising is the disconnectbetween the low growth assumption and the riskpremium we tend to believe in, or at least corporateexecutives tend to believe in. Historically, the riskpremium has been more than 5 percent, which maybe tough to get in the future with the earnings growthnumbers that have been cited today. I think we’vecome to some important agreements here.

I am troubled, however, by one aspect we haven’texplored: Given the growth rate of GDP (the rate ofall the corporate profits—including all the entrepre-neurial profits that are not captured in the publicmarket, all the free enterprise profits in the econ-omy), how much of the earnings has to be reinvestedto sustain that growth? That’s a critical equilibriumquestion. Roger is the only person who addressed it,which he did in terms of his historical study. I thinkthis point is worthy of a lot more thought.

ARNOTT: In terms of the lessons learned today, atidy way to look at the whole returns picture is tohearken back to the basic notion that the real returnon stocks has just three constituent parts—changesin valuation levels, growth, and income (whetherincome is dividends or dividends plus buybacks). Wetypically know the yield, so much of the discussiongets simplified to a reexamination of two key issues:(1) Is current pricing wrong? Should valuation levelschange? (2) What growth rate is reasonable toexpect? As you saw in the rather sharp dichotomybetween my formulation for growth and Roger Ibbot-son’s formulation for growth, there’s plenty of roomfor dialogue—in fact, immense room for dialogue.

A related aspect I think is interesting to observeis that, although there are a whole host of theoriesrelating to finance, some of them elegant, brilliantlycrafted, and sensible formulations of the way theworld ought to work—the capital asset pricing modeland Modigliani and Miller being two vivid exam-ples—comparatively few people believe that the

Page 114: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 110 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARY COMMENTS

world actually works in exact accord with any suchtheories. We’ve seen tangible evidence that M&M,while a fine theory, doesn’t necessarily work inter-temporally. And we know that the CAPM in its rawform doesn’t fit the data very well. This doesn’t makeit a bad theory; it’s a wonderful theory and a wonder-ful formulation of the way the world ought to work.Similarly, the notion that higher P/Es should, in anefficient market, imply faster future permanentgrowth makes sense. It’s an intuitive theory. Does itstand up to historical testing? No.

A similar lesson I think we can take away fromtoday is that the theory and the reality of the riskpremium puzzle differ. There are a host of theoriesthat relate to the risk premium puzzle and, from ourviews on the risk premium, relate to the asset alloca-tion decision, but the theories don’t stand up to empir-ical tests. A very interesting area of exploration forthe years ahead will be to try to find a theoreticallyrobust construct that fits the real world.

CAMPBELL HARVEY: I was struggling through themorning just with the vocabulary related to the riskpremium: It depends on the horizon; it depends onthe risk-free rate; it’s a moving target through time;it’s conditional; it’s unconditional. I now have a betterunderstanding of these concepts and the difficultiesin defining them. It is extraordinary that, given theimportance of the definitions of these variables, thereis so much disagreement in terms of approach.Indeed, I have to teach this material, and it is adifficult topic for the students. We talk in class aboutthe risk premium, but we also have to take a step backand define risk, which is extraordinarily difficult todo.

We have talked today about the current state-of-the-art models. There is a burgeoning literature ondifferent measures of risk, and we are learning a lotfrom the new behavioral theories. So, we are movingforward in our understanding of the risk premium.Indeed, some of the foremost contributors to thiseffort are in this room. And I think more progress willbe made in the future. It is somewhat frustrating thatwe are not there yet. I cannot go into the classroomor into the corporate world and say with some confi-dence, “This is the risk premium.”

ROBERT SHILLER: I was thinking about the ambi-guity of our definitions of the equity risk premiumand about what we mean by expectations. We tend toblur the concepts of our own expectations with thepublic’s expectations and with rational expectations.And the interpretations we give to the concept ofexpectations have changed through time. The historyof thought about expectations is interesting. I remem-

ber a 1969 article by Conard and Frankena about theterm structure—before the rational expectations rev-olution—that asserted that there is no objective wayto specify expectations in a testable model but byassuming perfect foresight. They wrote this afterMuth (1961) wrote the first treatise on rationalexpectations but before it had any impact on theprofession. Without access to the theoretical frame-work proposed by Muth, there was no concept at allof rational expectations. That was then, and now,today, 30 years later, we economists often seem tothink that the word “expectations” has no othermeaning than “rational expectations.”

Economists today think expectation is the sum-mation of PiXi, where P is the probability, but that isa very abstract concept that we’ve been taught. We cantrace the word “probability” very far back in time, butit didn’t always have all the associations that it hastoday. The word “probability” didn’t even have themeaning that we attach to it now until the mid-1600s,when it seemed to suddenly explode on the intellec-tual scene. Before then, the word “probability”existed, but it meant “trustworthiness” and had noconnection at all to our modern concept of probabil-ity. Suddenly, Blaise Pascal and others got peopletalking about probability, which led naturally to theconcept of mathematical expectation.

Just as “probability” is not a natural concept, Ithink “expectations” is not a natural concept. Whenyou do surveys and you ask people for their expecta-tions, should we expect them to give us some calcula-tion of mathematical expectations? In fact, theirreaction to questions about their expectations oftenseems a sort of a panic: What are these people askingfor? What kind of number do they want? I have tocome up with a number fast! (Incidentally, a lot ofpeople don’t remember that John Maynard Keynes’first claim to fame was a 1921 book about probabilityin which he argued that people really don’t haveprobabilities as we think of them today.2)

With all of these ambiguities, one starts to won-der what the equity risk premium is measuring.When I was surveying individual and institutionalinvestors about their outlook for the market, I foundthat if I asked investors what they thought the DJIAwould do in the next year, the average answer was +5percent. But the PaineWebber/Gallup survey taken atthe same time found that investors thought the DJIAwould rise by 15 percent. That’s quite a big discrep-ancy. So, I called Gallup and asked them if we couldfigure out the reason for such different results. As itturned out, the different survey responses were afunction of the wording of the questions. The Gallup

2 This work can be found in Keynes (1973).

Page 115: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 111 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARY COMMENTS

poll was conducted by randomly telephoning peopleat the dinner hour. Their question was (more or less):What return do you expect on the stock market in thenext year in percentage terms? My survey was con-ducted through a written questionnaire, and thespecific question about the market was (more orless): “What do you think the DJIA is going to do inthe next 12 months? Put a plus mark if you think it’sgoing to go up and put a minus mark if you think it’sgoing to go down.”

The critical difference is that I mentioned thepossibility that the market might go down, so aboutone-third of my answers were negative. I called Gal-lup and asked them what fraction of their respon-dents said “Down.” And they said that there were sofew down responses that they rounded them to zero.So, I was trying to figure out why they got so fewnegative responses. Well, the Gallup respondentswere called at dinnertime, and maybe the person whocalled was somewhat intimidating, so respondentshad to have some courage to say they thought themarket return was going to be negative. In my survey,however, I brought up in writing a possible negativechoice, and I got a lot of negative responses. So, I thinkreported expectations are very fragile.

In the investment profession, we’ve learned tohave respect for psychologists and the concepts theyuse because they’ve learned a lot by studying howpeople frame their thinking and decision making. Theconcepts arising from this knowledge can be veryhelpful to us in our work. And psychologists dealwith other attitudes related to expectations—aspira-tion, hope, regret, fear, and the salience of stories. Allof these parameters are constantly changing throughtime. So, when you ask someone about their expecta-tions, the answer they give will be very context sen-sitive.

With surveys, we’ve learned you need to askexactly the same questions in exactly the same orderon each questionnaire. Even so, you don’t know quitewhat you’re really getting because expectations haveso many different definitions.

RAJNISH MEHRA: I want to make two quick com-ments. My first point is that valuation models help usstructure the problem, but what breathes life into avaluation model are the forecasts, and these forecastshave huge conditional errors. Not many of the esti-mates for the equity premium that were given todaywere accompanied by the standard deviation of thatestimate. That standard deviation is too important tobe missing. For example, in my data relating theexpected mean equity risk premium to nationalincome, the standard deviation around that mean is

huge. Just giving a point estimate is not enough. Theomission of the conditional error worries me.

My second point is that profound demographicshifts are going to be occurring in the United States,in terms of the Baby Boomers retiring, about whichEd Prescott and I wrote (1985). That phenomenon isgoing to lead to asset deflation, which has profoundimplications for the ex ante equity premium.

THOMAS PHILIPS: I have been very interested tosee two broad strands of thought discussed today. Oneof these strands, exemplified by Rajnish Mehra, is theline of thinking in which the basic model involveshuman economic behavior, whether that behavior isutility maximizing or motivated by something else,and the effects of that behavior in the capital markets.The second strand is more empirical—constructing apoint estimate for the equity risk premium—and it isexemplified by Rob Arnott’s and Roger Ibbotson’swork. I see two somewhat different challenges forthese two strands, and ultimately, they have to meetin the middle so that we can build a unified theory.

For the economist, the challenge I see is relatedto Richard Feynman’s argument about why scientificimagination is so beautiful: It must be consistent. Youcannot imagine just anything; it has to be consistentwith classical mechanics, with quantum mechanics,with general relativity, and so on and so forth. Withinthis set of constraints, beautiful ideas are born thattie neatly into a powerful edifice. I see the challengefor financial economists as not simply explaining theequity risk premium but explaining a fairly widerange of economic phenomena within a unifiedframework. Instead of a patchwork of models, finan-cial economics needs to look more like physics.

The challenge for the second group of people,those who provide the point estimates, is (as RajnishMehra correctly points out) to estimate some of theerrors in our estimates and to be able to communicateall this information in a language that is accessible tothe person on the street. In particular, we need todissuade investors from using the sample mean as thebest estimator of the true mean.

So, the two challenges are different, but the over-arching challenge is to somehow unify the twoapproaches in a clean way that answers the questionof what the equity risk premium is and makes tacticalpredictions.

BRADFORD CORNELL: I like to think more in termsof valuation and expected returns than in terms of theequity risk premium. The salient feature to me in thatregard is that corporate profits after tax seem to beclosely tied to GNP, particularly if the market ismeasured properly, in the aggregate and not limited

Page 116: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 112 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARY COMMENTS

to the S&P 500 Index, so that what we have to valueis not all that uncertain. However, the way we valueearnings, as Rajnish Mehra pointed out, has changedquite a bit. Stock market value in the United Stateshas varied over time from half of GNP to twice GNP,which is about where it is now. To say that earningsare twice GNP, we either have to say that the expectedreturns are low and are expected to remain low forthe long term or that the market has simply made amistake. The one point that I would make to practi-tioners, fund managers, and so forth, is that theycannot maintain a 6.5 percent actuarial assumptionin light of these data.

PENG CHEN: I think there are probably two typesof data: One type is what the companies and theeconomy reveal—the analysis that Roger Ibbotsonand I are working on—and the other type is drawnfrom the investor’s point of view—how much theinvestor expects from a project or a security. What Ithink is really interesting is that the answers aregoing to lie between these two dynamics. How peopleadjust to the dynamics, how the dynamics changepeople’s behavior, and how that behavior affects themarket are very important to observe. I think thereason we see the valuation of the market rise and fallis not necessarily because the entire investment com-munity believes the actual risk premium has fallen orgone up or that risk rose or fell but because of thisdynamic. Not all investors have to change their mindsto affect market value. Maybe the dynamic affectedonly a small number or a certain group of investors;only a marginal number of investors have to changetheir minds. So, it would be interesting to see how thetwo sides work together dynamically.

PETER WILLIAMSON: One of the most interestingaspects of our discussion today is the areas of agree-ment and of disagreement. The benefit of identifyingareas of disagreement is that it can lead to the searchfor the reason for the disagreement. It is fascinatingto me how all of the findings or theory might beimplemented. Can you imagine an active managerturning to his clients and saying, “You must under-stand that the growth in earnings of your portfoliocan’t exceed GDP growth”? The client wouldn’tbelieve it, and the manager wouldn’t believe it. Anactive manager can’t afford to believe it. Or can youimagine a firm that sells S&P 500 indexed fundssending a letter to all of the shareholders saying thatthey must realize earnings cannot grow faster thanGDP? I can’t imagine that message going out. So, whatimpact does all of the discussion we have had todaymake on the actual allocation of assets, the actualmanagement of money? I don’t know. I don’t know

whether investors ever have to really understand theequity risk premium, whether it’s even in their bestinterest to understand it.

As for allocation, my sense is that different sec-tors of the investment community will do very differ-ent things in terms of asset allocation on the strengthof the same expected risk premium. I think that theCREF participant who’s 25 years old—looking ahead40 years to retirement, saving money—versus theinvestor who is 66 years old—in the process of “dis-saving,” consuming now—given the same expectedrate of return on equity, might do very different thingswith their money.

Richard Thaler and I deal with the problem ofcollege and university endowment funds. One wouldthink that endowment funds should all be thinkingvery long term, but the decisions are made by peo-ple—who don’t live centuries and who, in fact, canbe very embarrassed if the endowment has even onevery poor quarter. For example, I am on the invest-ment committee of a prep school, and years ago, thetrustees agreed that the school should be much moreheavily invested in equities, that the school should bethinking long term—but not yet. And each year, thesuggestion is repeated, but the decision is: not yet.

It’s very, very difficult for people to think longterm. Yet, to a large extent, what we’ve been talkingabout today is what’s sensible for the long term. Well,if people simply cannot think long term, then we arereduced to decisions for the short term. And the assetallocation implications may be very different forinvestors who cannot think much beyond the nextquarter from the implications for those who, in the-ory at least, ought to be thinking about the next 50years.

In short, I’m really puzzled about where all thatwe have discussed goes in terms of making any impacton investment behavior and on asset allocation.

JOHN CAMPBELL: My starting point is that we livein a world in which the forward-looking, ex anteequity premium that you might expect if you’re athoughtful investor trying to be rational changes overtime, and those changes have implications for themethods used to estimate the premium. We’ve dis-cussed these estimation methods today, and I thinkwe have quite a consensus that past returns can bevery misleading so it is probably better to start withvaluation ratios and adjust them for growth expecta-tions.

If we live in a world in which these numbers—the real interest rate, the equity premium, and soforth—change over time, that has a big impact onasset allocation. So, I can’t resist plugging my forth-coming book with Luis Viceira (2002), Strategic Asset

Page 117: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 113 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

SUMMARY COMMENTS

Allocation: Portfolio Choice for Long-Term Investors.Brad Cornell’s colleagues at UCLA coined the term“strategic asset allocation” to contrast with tacticalasset allocation (Brennan, Schwartz, and Lagnado1997). TAA is myopic; it looks at the next period, atthe risk–return in one period. The idea behindstrategic asset allocation is that if risk premiums arechanging over time, the risks of different asset classesmay look different for different horizons. Youwouldn’t get such an effect if returns were identicallyand independently distributed, but it can becomequite important if the stock market is mean revertingor if real interest rates change over time.

I’m a little more optimistic than Peter Williamsonis. I think there is some hope of influencing thepractical world to think about these issues, becausemany of the rules of thumb that financial plannershave used for years have this flavor. That is, the rulesmake more sense in a dynamically changing worldthan they would in an i.i.d. world. So, there’s been amismatch between academic research and practitio-ners’ rules of thumb. We can close that gap if we

accept in our models of asset allocation that invest-ment opportunities change over time. So, we might,with some additional work, be able to narrow the gapbetween how practitioners think and how academicsthink.

WILLIAM GOETZMANN: The thing that struck meabout our discussion today is that, with the exceptionof Campbell Harvey’s paper, almost everything we’redoing is an interpretation of history—whether it’shistorical valuation ratios, arithmetic means, or whathave you. That basis for argument is exciting but hasits limitations. History, after all, is a series of acci-dents; the existence of the time series since 1926might itself be an accident. So, I’m more convincedthan ever that we’ve got to find a way out of the focuson U.S. historical data if we want to solve some ofthese questions and to reassure ourselves, if indeedwe can, that the equity premium is of a certain mag-nitude.

LEIBOWITZ: Thank you all.

Page 118: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 114 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM, NOVEMBER 8, 2001

References and Recommended ReadingsAbel, Andrew B. 1990. “Asset Pricing under HabitFormation and Catching Up with the Joneses.”American Economic Review, vol. 80, no. 2:38–42.

Ang, Andrew, and Geert Bekaert. 2001. “StockReturn Predictability: Is it there?” National Bureauof Economic Research (NBER) Working Paper 8207(April).

Arnott, Robert D., and Clifford S. Asness. 2002.“Does Dividend Policy Foretell Earnings Growth?”Unpublished working paper (January).

Arnott, Robert D., and Peter L. Bernstein. 2002.“What Risk Premium is ‘Normal’?” Financial Ana-lysts Journal, vol. 58, no. 2 (March/April 2002):64–85.

Arnott, Robert D., and James N. von Germeten. 1983.“Systematic Asset Allocation.” Financial AnalystsJournal, vol. 39, no. 6 (November/December):31–38.

Arnott, Robert D., and Ronald Ryan. 2001. “TheDeath of the Risk Premium: Consequences of the1990s.” Journal of Portfolio Management, vol. 27, no.3 (Spring):61–74.

Asness, Clifford S. 2000a. “Bubble Logic or How toLearn to Stop Worrying and Love the Bull.” AQRworking paper (June).

———. 2000b. “Stocks versus Bonds: Explaining theEquity Risk Premium.” Financial Analysts Journal,vol. 56, no. 2 (March/April):96–113.

Bagwell, Laurie Simon, and John B. Shoven. 1989.“Cash Distributions to Shareholders.” Journal ofEconomic Perspectives, vol. 3, no. 3 (Summer):129–140.

Bansal, Ravi, and Amir Yaron. 2000. “Risks for theLong Run: A Potential Resolution of Asset PricingPuzzles.” NBER Working Paper 8059 (December).

Bansal, Ravi, Robert F. Dittmar, and Christian T.Lundblad. 2001. “Consumption, Dividends, and theCross-Section of Equity Returns.” Working paper,Duke University (October).

Barberis, N., M. Huang, and T. Santos. 1996.“Prospect Theory and Asset Prices.” Working paper,University of Chicago.

Benartzi, S., and R. Thaler. 1995. “Myopic LossAversion and the Equity Premium Puzzle.” QuarterlyJournal of Economics, vol. 110, no. 1 (February):73–92.

Bernstein, Peter L. 1993. Volatility: Two Views, TwoSignals. Newsletter. (November 15).

———. 1996. “Are Stocks the Best Place to Be in theLong Run? A Contrary Opinion.” Journal of Investing,vol. 5, no. 2 (Summer):6–9.

———. 1997. Stock/Bond Risk Perceptions andExpected Returns. Newsletter. (February 1).

———. 2001a. “Ending Endism.” Economics andPortfolio Strategy (April 30).

———. 2001b. “The Real Economy and the UnrealEconomy.” Economics and Portfolio Strategy (May15).

Black, Fisher. 1976. “Studies of Stock Price VolatilityChanges.” Proceedings of the 1976 Meetings of theAmerican Statistical Society, Business and EconomicsStatistics Section:177–181.

Bogle, John C. 1991. “Investing in the 1990s: Occam’sRazor Revisited.” Journal of Portfolio Management,vol. 18, no. 1 (Fall):88–91.

———. 1995. “The 1990s at the Halfway Mark.”Journal of Portfolio Management, vol. 21, no. 4(Summer):21–31.

Boudoukh, Jacob, and Matthew Richardson. 1994.“The Statistics of Long-Horizon Regressions Revis-ited.” Mathematical Finance, vol. 4, no. 2 (April):103–119.

Brennan, Michael J., Eduardo S. Schwartz, andRonald Lagnado. 1997. “Strategic Asset Allocation.”Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 21, no.8–9 (June):1377–1403.

Campbell, J.Y. Forthcoming 2002. “ConsumptionBased Asset Pricing.” In Handbook of the Economicsof Finance. Edited by G.M. Constantinides, M. Harris,and R. Stulz. Amsterdam, Netherlands: North-Holland.

Campbell, John Y., and J.H. Cochrane. 1995. “ByForce of Habit: A Consumption-Based Explanation of

Page 119: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 115 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

REFERENCES AND RECOMMENDED READINGS

Aggregate Stock Market Behavior.” NBER WorkingPaper 4995.

———. 1999. “By Force of Habit: A Consumption-Based Explanation of Aggregate Stock Market Behav-ior.” Journal of Political Economy, vol. 107(April):205–251.

Campbell, John Y., and Robert J. Shiller. 1988. “StockPrices, Earnings, and Expected Dividends.” Journalof Finance, vol. 43, no. 3 (July):661–676.

———. 1998. “Valuation Ratios and the Long-RunStock Market Outlook.” Journal of Portfolio Manage-ment, vol. 24, no. 2 (Winter):11–26.

———. 2001. “Valuation Ratios and the Long-RunStock Market Outlook: An Update.” NBER WorkingPaper 8221 (April).

Campbell, John Y., and Luis M. Viceira. 2002.Strategic Asset Allocation: Portfolio Choice for Long-Term Investors. Oxford, U.K.: Oxford UniversityPress.

Chancellor, Edward. 1999. Devil Take the Hindmost.New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux.

Claus, James, and Jacob Thomas. 2001. “EquityPremia as Low as Three Percent? Evidence fromAnalysts’ Earnings Forecasts for Domestic andInternational Stocks.” Journal of Finance, vol. 56, no.5 (October):1629–66.

Cole, Kevin, Jean Helwege, and David Laster. 1996.“Stock Market Valuation Indicators: Is This TimeDifferent?” Financial Analysts Journal, vol. 52, no. 3(May/June):56–64.

Conard, Joseph W., and Mark W. Frankena. 1969. InEssays on Interest Rates. Edited by Jack M. Guttentagand Philip Cagan. New York: NBER and ColumbiaUniversity Press.

Constantinides, George C. 1990. “Habit Formation: AResolution of the Equity Premium Puzzle.” Journal ofPolitical Economy, vol. 98 (June):519–543.

Constantinides, George M., John B. Donaldson, andRajnish Mehra. 1998. “Junior Can’t Borrow: A NewPerspective on the Equity Premium Puzzle.” NBERWorking Paper 6617 (June).

Cornell, Bradford. 1999. The Equity Risk Premium.New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Cowles, Alfred. 1938 (1939, 2nd edition). CommonStock Indexes: 1871–1937. Bloomington, IN: Prin-cipia.

Cragg, John G., and Burton G. Malkiel. 1982.Expectations and the Structure of Share Prices. Chi-cago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Damodaran, Aswath. Forthcoming 2002. “Choosingthe Right Valuation Model.” In Equity ValuationTechniques. Charlottesville, VA: AIMR.

Davidson, L.B., and D.O. Cooper. 1976. “A SimpleWay of Developing a Probability Distribution ofPresent Value.” Journal of Petroleum Technology(September):1069–78.

Davis, S.J., and Rajnish Mehra. Forthcoming 2002.Stocks and Bonds in the Portfolio Life-Cycle. SaddleRiver, NJ: Prentice Hall.

DeLong, B., A. Shleifer, L. Summers, and R.Waldmann. 1990. “Noise Trader Risk in FinancialMarkets.” Journal of Political Economy, vol. 98, no. 4(August):703–738.

Diermeier, Jeffrey, Roger Ibbotson, and Laurence B.Siegel. 1984. “The Supply of Capital MarketReturns.” Financial Analysts Journal, vol. 40, no. 2(March/April):74–80.

Dimson, Elroy, Paul Marsh, and Mike Staunton. 2001.Triumph of the Optimists: 101 Years of GlobalInvestment Returns. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univer-sity Press.

Epstein, L., and S. Zin. 1989. “Substitution, RiskAversion, and the Temporal Behavior of Consump-tion and Asset Returns: A Theoretical Framework.”Econometrica, vol. 57, no. 4 (July):937–969.

Fama, Eugene F., and Kenneth R. French. 1988.“Dividend Yields and Expected Stock Returns.”Journal of Financial Economics, vol. 22, no. 1(October):3–26.

———. 1989. “Business Conditions and ExpectedReturns on Stocks and Bonds.” Journal of FinancialEconomics, vol. 25, no. 1 (July):23–50.

———. 2000. The Equity Risk Premium. Center forResearch in Security Prices Working Paper 522(April).

Fama, Eugene F., and Kenneth R. French. 2001. “TheEquity Premium.” Center for Research in SecurityPrices Working Paper No. 522 (April).

Fisher, Irving. 1930. The Theory of Interest. NewYork: MacMillan.

Frankel, Jeffery, and Kenneth Froot. 1990. “Char-tists, Fundamentalists, and Trading in the Foreign

Page 120: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 116 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

REFERENCES AND RECOMMENDED READINGS

Exchange Market.” American Economic Review, vol.80, no. 2 (May):181–185.

French, Kenneth R., G. William Schwert, and RobertF. Stambaugh. 1987. “Expected Stock Returns andVolatility.” Journal of Financial Economics, vol. 19, no.1 (January):3–29.

Garber, Peter M. 2000. Famous First Bubbles: TheFundamentals of Early Manias. Cambridge, MA: MITPress.

Glassman, James K., and Kevin A. Hassett. 1999. Dow36,000. New York: Random House.

Goetzmann, William N., and Philippe Jorion. 1993.“Testing the Predictive Power of Dividend Yields.”Journal of Finance, vol. 48, no. 2 (June):663–679.

Goetzmann, William N., and Massimo Massa. 2001.“Dispersion of Opinion and Stock Returns: Evidencefrom Index Fund Investors.” Yale ICF Working PaperNo. 00-55 (August).

Goyal, Amit, and Ivo Welch. 1999. “Predicting theEquity Premium.” Working paper, University ofCalifornia at Los Angeles.

———. 2001. “Predicting the Equity Premium withDividend Ratios.” Yale ICF working paper, Univer-sity of California at Los Angeles (December).

Graham, B., and D.L. Dodd. 1934. Security Analysis.New York: McGraw-Hill.

Graham, John, and Campbell R. Harvey. 1996.“Market Timing Ability and Volatility Implied inInvestment Newsletters’ Asset Allocation Recom-mendations.” Journal of Financial Economics, vol. 42(January):397–422.

———. 2001a. “Expectations of Equity Risk Premia,Volatility and Asymmetry from a Corporate FinancePerspective.” Working paper, Duke University.

———. 2001b. “The Theory and Practice of CorporateFinance: Evidence from the Field.” Journal ofFinancial Economics, vol. 60, no. 2–3 (May):187–243.

———. 2002. “How Do CFOs Make Capital Budgetingand Capital Structure Decisions?” Working paper,Duke University (March).

Granger, C.J.W., and P. Newbold. 1974. “SpuriousRegressions in Econometrics.” Journal of Economet-rics, vol. 2:111–120.

Hicks, Sir John Richard. 1946. Value and Capital: AnInquiry into Some Fundamental Principles of EconomicTheory. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Ibbotson, Roger, and Peng Chen. 2002. “Stock MarketReturns in the Long Run: Participating in the RealEconomy.” Yale ICF Working Paper (March).

Ibbotson, Roger, and Rex A. Sinquefield. 1976a.“Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation: Year-by-YearHistorical Returns (1926–74).” Journal of Business,vol. 49, no. 1 (January):11–47.

———. 1976b. “Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation:Simulations of the Future (1976–2000).” Journal ofBusiness, vol. 49, no. 3 (July):313–338.

Ibbotson Associates. 2001. Stocks, Bonds, Bills, andInflation: 2000 Yearbook. Chicago, IL: IbbotsonAssociates.

Ilmanen, Antti. 1995. “Time-Varying ExpectedReturns in International Bond Markets.” Journal ofFinance, vol. 50, no. 2 (June):481–506.

Jagannathan, Murali, Clifford P. Stephens, andMichael S. Weisbach. 2000. “Financial Flexibility andthe Choice between Dividends and Stock Repur-chases.” Journal of Financial Economics, vol. 57, no. 3(September):355–384.

Jagannathan, Ravi, and Iwan Meier. 2001. “Do WeNeed the CAPM for Capital Budgeting?” Workingpaper, Northwestern University.

Jagannathan, Ravi, Ellen R. McGrattan, and AnnaScherbina. 2000. “The Declining U.S. Equity Pre-mium.” Quarterly Review, Federal Reserve Bank ofMinneapolis, vol. 24, no. 4 (Fall):3–19.

Janis, Irving. 1982. Groupthink. Boston, MA: Hough-ton Mifflin.

Jones, Charles. 2001. “A Century of Stock MarketLiquidity and Trading Costs.” Paper presented to theNBER Summer Institute, Asset Pricing Meetings.

Kahneman, Daniel, and Amos Tversky. 1974. “Judg-ment under Uncertainty: Heuristics and Biases.”Science, vol. 185, no. 4157 (September):1124–31.

———. 1979 (and 1974). “Prospect Theory: AnAnalysis of Decision under Risk.” Econometrica, vol.46, no. 2 (March):171–185.

Kane, Alex, Alan J. Marcus, and Jaesun Noh. 1996.“The P/E Multiple and Market Volatility.” FinancialAnalysts Journal, vol. 52, no. 4 (July/August):16–24.

Page 121: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 117 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

REFERENCES AND RECOMMENDED READINGS

Keynes, John Maynard. 1936. The General Theory ofEmployment, Interest, and Money. New York: Har-court Brace and World.

———. 1973. Treatise on Probability [1921]. In TheCollected Writings of John Maynard Keynes. London,U.K.: MacMillan, for the Royal Economic Society.

Kirby, Chris. 1997. “Testing the Predictable Variationin Stock and Bond Returns.” Review of FinancialStudies, vol. 10, no. 3 (Fall):579–630.

Knight, Frank. 1964. Risk, Uncertainty and Profit.New York: Augustus M. Kelley.

Lander, Joel, Athanasios Orphanides, and MarthaDouvogiannis. 1997. “Earnings Forecasts and thePredictability of Stock Returns: Evidence fromTrading the S&P.” Journal of Portfolio Management,vol. 23, no. 4 (Summer):24–35.

Lintner, John. 1956. “Distribution of Incomes ofCorporations among Dividends, Retained Earnings,and Taxes.” American Economic Review, vol. 46:97–113.

Macaulay, Frederick R. 1938. Some TheoreticalProblems Suggested by the Movements of Interest Rates,Bond Yields and Stock Prices in the United States since1856. Washington, DC: National Bureau of EconomicResearch.

McDonald, R., and Dan Siegal. 1986. “The Value ofWaiting to Invest.” Quarterly Journal of Economics,vol. 101, no. 4:707–728.

McGrattan, Ellen R., and Edward C. Prescott. 2000.“Is the Stock Market Overvalued?” Federal ReserveBank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review, vol. 24, no. 4(Fall):20–40.

McGrattan, Ellen R., and Edward C. Prescott. 2001.“Taxes, Regulations, and Asset Prices.” Unpublishedpaper, Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis(March).

Mehra, Rajnish. 1998. “On the Volatility of StockPrices: An Exercise in Quantitative Theory.” Interna-tional Journal of Systems Science, vol. 29, no. 11:1203–11.

———. Forthcoming 2002a “Equity Premium Puz-zle.” In Mastering Investments. Edited by JamesPickford. Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

———. Forthcoming 2002b. “The Equity Premium:Why Is It a Puzzle?” Financial Analysts Journal.

Mehra, Rajnish, and Edward C. Prescott. 1985. “TheEquity Premium: A Puzzle.” Journal of MonetaryEconomies, vol. 15, no. 2 (March):145–161.

———. 1988. “The Equity Risk Premium: A Solu-tion?” Journal of Monetary Economics, vol. 22(July):133–136.

———. Forthcoming 2002. “The Equity PremiumPuzzle in Retrospect.” In Handbook of the Economicsof Finance. Edited by G.M. Constantinides, M. Harris,and R. Stulz. Amsterdam, Netherlands: North Hol-land.

Merton, R.C. 1980. “On Estimating the ExpectedReturn on the Market.” Journal of Financial Econom-ics, vol. 8, no. 4 (June):323–361.

Miller, Merton, and Franco Modigliani. 1961. “Divi-dend Policy, Growth, and the Valuation of Shares.”Journal of Business, vol. 34, no. 4 (October):411–433.

Modigliani, F., and R. Cohn. 1979. “Inflation,Rational Valuation, and the Market.” FinancialAnalysts Journal, vol. 35, no. 2 (March/April):24–44.

Modigliani, Franco, and Merton H. Miller. 1958.“The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance, and theTheory of Investment.” American Economic Review,vol. 48, no. 3 (June):261–297.

Muth, John F. 1961. “Rational Expectations and theTheory of Price Movements.” Econometrica, vol.29:315–335.

Philips, Thomas K. 1999. “Why Do Valuation RatiosForecast Long-Run Equity Returns?” Journal ofPortfolio Management, vol. 25, no. 3 (Spring):39–44.

Philips, T.K., G.T. Rogers, and R.E. Capaldi. 1996.“Tactical Asset Allocation: 1977–1994.” Journal ofPortfolio Management, vol. 23, no. 1 (Fall):57–64.

Poterba, James M., and Lawrence H. Summers. 1986.“The Persistence of Volatility and Stock MarketFluctuations.” American Economic Review, vol. 76, no.5 (December):1142–51.

Reichenstein, William. Forthcoming 2002. “What doPast Stock Market Returns Tell Us about the Future?”Journal of Financial Planning.

Samuelson, Paul A. 1994. “The Long-Term Case forEquities and How It Can Be Oversold.” Journal ofPortfolio Management, vol. 21, no. 1 (Fall):15–26.

———. 1979. “Why We Should Not Make Mean Logof Wealth Big Though Years to Act Are Long.” Journalof Banking and Finance, vol. 3, no. 4:305–308.

Page 122: EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM - Statistics Departmentsteele/Courses/956/... · ©2002, AIMR® iii EQUITY RISK PREMIUM FORUM BIOGRAPHIES Research. Professor Reichenstein has written more

©2002, A IMR® 118 EQUITY R ISK PREMIUM FORUM

REFERENCES AND RECOMMENDED READINGS

Schwert, G. William. 1989. “Why Does Stock MarketVolatility Change over Time?” Journal of Finance, vol.44, no. 5 (December):1115–54.

Schwert, G. William. 1990. “Indexes of United StatesStock Prices from 1802 to 1987.” Journal of Business,vol. 63, no. 3 (July):399–426.

Shafir, E., I. Simonson, and A. Tversky. 2000.“Reason-Based Choice.” In Choices, Values, andFrames. Edited by D. Kahneman and A. Tversky.Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.

Shiller, Robert J. 1981. “Do Stock Prices Move TooMuch to Be Justified by Subsequent Changes inDividends?” American Economic Review, vol. 73, no.3 (June):421–436.

———. 1989. Market Volatility. Boston, MA: Massa-chusetts Institute of Technology Press.

———. 1990. “Market Volatility and Investor Behav-ior.” American Economic Review, vol. 80:58–62.

———. 2000. Irrational Exuberance. Princeton, NJ:Princeton University Press.

———. 2002. “Bubbles, Human Judgment, andExpert Opinion.” Financial Analysts Journal, vol. 58,no. 3 (May/June):18–26.

Shleifer, Andrei, and Nicholas Barberis. 2000. “StyleInvesting.” NBER Working Paper No. 8039 (Decem-ber).

Siegel, Jeremy J. 1998. Stocks for the Long Run. 2nd.ed. New York: McGraw Hill.

———. 1999. “The Shrinking Equity Premium.”Journal of Portfolio Management, vol. 26, no. 1(Fall):10–17.

———. 2002. Stocks for the Long Run. 3rd ed. NewYork: McGraw Hill.

Smith, Edgar Lawrence. 1924. Common Stocks asLong-Term Investments. New York: MacMillan.

Sorensen, Eric H., and Robert D. Arnott. 1988. “TheRisk Premium and Stock Market Performance.”Journal of Portfolio Management, vol. 14, no. 4(Summer):50–55.

Stambaugh, Robert F. 1984. “Bias in Regressions withLagged Stochastic Regressors.” Manuscript.

Statman, Meir. 2002. “Lottery Players/Stock Trad-ers.” Financial Analysts Journal, vol. 58, no. 1(January/February):14–21.

Thaler, R., A. Tversky, D. Kahneman, and A.Schwartz. 1997. “The Effect of Myopia and LossAversion on Risk Taking: An Experimental Test.”Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 112, no. 2(May):647–661.

Welch, Ivo. 2000. “Views of Financial Economists onthe Equity Premium and on Financial Controversies.”Journal of Business, vol. 73, no. 4 (October):501–537.

Wilson, Jack W., and Charles P. Jones. Forthcoming2002. “An Analysis of the S&P 500 Index and CowlesExtensions: Price Indexes and Stock Returns, 1870-1999.” Journal of Business.


Recommended